Oracle Database Master Index: C
10g Release 2 (10.2)
Shortcuts to Letters
Index Entries
- C and C++
-
- debugging DLLs (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- differences from PL/SQL (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- C API for XML (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- C clause
-
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Reference)
- C compiler
-
- requirement (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #16] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #17] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #18] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #19] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #20] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #21] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #22] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #23] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #24] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #25] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #26] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #27] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #28] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #29] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #30] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #31] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #32] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #33] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #34] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #35] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- requirement on Linux (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- requirement on Linux x86 (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirement on Linux x86 (64-bit) (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- requirement on Tru64 UNIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- See also Pro*C/C++
- C compiler requirement (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- C data type (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- C datatypes
-
- manipulating with OCI (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- C language
-
- examples (using OCI) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- C method
-
- mapping to an object type (SQL Reference)
- C number format mask (Globalization Support Guide)
- C package methods
-
- XML_ACCESS_CLOSE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ACCESS_OPEN_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ACCESS_READ_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ALLOC_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_ERRMSG_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_FREE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_CLOSE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_OPEN_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_READ_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XML_STREAM_WRITE_F in package Callback (XML C API Reference)
- XmlAccess in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreate in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreateDocument in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlCreateDTD in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDestroy in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XMLDOM_ACCEPT_NODE_F in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomAppendChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomAppendData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCleanNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCloneNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateCDATA in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateComment in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateElemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateEntityRef in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateFragment in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateNodeIter in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreatePI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateRange in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateText in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomCreateTreeWalker in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomDeleteData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeNodeList in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomFreeString in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrLocal in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrLocalLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNameLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNodeNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrPrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrSpecified in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrURILen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetAttrValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetBaseURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetCharData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetCharDataLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildrenByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetChildrenByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDecl in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDefaultNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemByID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemsByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDocElemsByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTD in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDEntities in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDInternalSubset in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDNotations in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetDTDSysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetElemsByTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetElemsByTagNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityNotation in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntitySysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetEntityType in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetFirstChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetFirstPfnsPair in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetLastChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetLastError in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNextPfnsPair in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNextSibling in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeListItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeListLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeLocal in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeLocalLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeMapItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeMapLength in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeName in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeNameLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodePrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeType in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeURILen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNodeValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNotationPubID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetNotationSysID in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetOwnerDocument in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetOwnerElem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetParentNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPIData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPITarget in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetPrevSibling in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSchema in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceEntity in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceLine in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetSourceLocation in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomGetTag in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomHasChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomImportNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomInsertBefore in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomInsertData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIsSchemaBased in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterDetach in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterNextNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomIterPrevNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNormalize in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNumAttrs in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomNumChildNodes in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomPrefixToURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeClone in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCloneContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCollapse in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeCompareBoundaryPoints in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeDeleteContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeDetach in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeExtractContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetCollapsed in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetCommonAncestor in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetDetached in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetEndContainer in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetEndOffset in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetStartContainer in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeGetStartOffset in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeIsConsistent in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSelectNode in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSelectNodeContents in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetEnd in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetEndBefore in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStart in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStartAfter in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRangeSetStartBefore in package Range (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomRemoveNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomReplaceChild in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomReplaceData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSaveString in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSaveString2 in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttr in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNode in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNodeNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetAttrValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetBaseURI in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetCharData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDefaultNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDocOrder in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetDTD in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetLastError in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNamedItem in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNamedItemNS in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodePrefix in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValue in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValueLen in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetNodeValueStream in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSetPIData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSplitText in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSubstringData in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomSync in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomValidate in package DOM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerFirstChild in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerGetCurrentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerGetRoot in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerLastChild in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerNextNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerNextSibling in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerParentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerPrevNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerPrevSibling in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerSetCurrentNode in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlDomWalkerSetRoot in package Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XmlFreeDocument in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlGetEncoding in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlHasFeature in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlIsSimple in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlIsUnicode in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadDom in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadSax in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlLoadSaxVA in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaveDom in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxAttributeDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxCDATA in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxCharacters in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxComment in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxElementDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxEndDocument in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxEndElement in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxNotationDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxParsedEntityDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxPI in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartDocument in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartElement in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxStartElementNS in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxUnparsedEntityDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxWhitespace in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSaxXmlDecl in package SAX (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaClean in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaCreate in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaDestroy in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaErrorWhere in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaLoad in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaLoadedList in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaSetErrorHandler in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaSetValidateOptions in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaTargetNamespace in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaUnload in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaValidate in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSchemaVersion in package Schema (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddBodyElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddFaultReason in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddFaultSubDetail in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapAddHeaderElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCall in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateConnection in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateCtx in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapCreateMsg in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyConnection in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyCtx in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapDestroyMsg in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapError in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetBody in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetBodyElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetEnvelope in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetHeader in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetHeaderElement in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetMustUnderstand in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetReasonLang in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetReasonNum in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetRelay in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapGetRole in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapHasFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetFault in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetMustUnderstand in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetRelay in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlSoapSetRole in package SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- XmlVersion in package XML (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathCreateCtx in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathDestroyCtx in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathEval in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectBoolean in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectFragment in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNSetNode in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNSetNum in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectNumber in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectString in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathGetObjectType in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPathParse in package XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPointerEval in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetNode in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetPoint in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetRange in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocGetType in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetFree in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetGetItem in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocSetGetLength in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXPtrLocToString in package XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslCreate in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslDestroy in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetBaseURI in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetOutput in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetStylesheetDom in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslGetTextParam in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslProcess in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslResetAllParams in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputDom in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputEncoding in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputMethod in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputSax in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetOutputStream in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXslSetTextParam in package XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XMLXVM_DEBUG_F in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCompileXPath in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCreate in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmCreateComp in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmDestroy in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmDestroyComp in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmEvaluateXPath in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetBytecodeLength in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectBoolean in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNSetNode in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNSetNum in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectNumber in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectString in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetObjectType in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmGetOutputDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmResetParams in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBaseURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetBytecodeURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetDebugFunc in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputEncoding in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputSax in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetOutputStream in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmSetTextParam in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformBuffer in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformDom in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformFile in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- XmlXvmTransformURI in package XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- C packages
-
- Callback (XML C API Reference)
- DOM (XML C API Reference)
- Range (XML C API Reference)
- SAX (XML C API Reference)
- Schema (XML C API Reference)
- SOAP (XML C API Reference)
- Traversal (XML C API Reference)
- XML (XML C API Reference)
- XPath (XML C API Reference)
- XPointer (XML C API Reference)
- XSLT (XML C API Reference)
- XSLTVM (XML C API Reference)
- C prefix (sqlj -C-x) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- C preprocessor
-
- directives supported by Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- how used in Pro*C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C programming language
-
- precompiling (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- Pro*C/C++ (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- C shell
-
- default user startup file (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #16] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #17] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #18] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #19] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #20] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #21] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #22] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #23] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #24] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #25] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #26] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #27] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #28] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #29] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #30] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #31] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #32] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #33] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #34] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #35] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #36] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #37] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #38] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #39] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #40] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #41] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #42] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #43] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #44] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #45] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #46] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #47] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #48] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- DISPLAY (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- ORACLE_HOME (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- setting shell limits (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- setting shell limits on Linux x86 (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- TMP (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- C shell, setting ORACLE_HOME variable (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- C structs
-
- generating for a REF (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C types of collection attributes (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C variable in SQLDA
-
- how value is set (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C# (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- connection string (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- example (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- C++ (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C++ applications (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- C++ class generator (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C++ compiler
-
- requirement on Tru64 UNIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- C++ file demonstrations (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- C++ interface (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- C++ packages
-
- Ctx (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom (XML C++ API Reference)
- IO (XML C++ API Reference)
- OracleXml (XML C++ API Reference)
- Parser (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP (XML C++ API Reference)
- Tools (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPointer (XML C++ API Reference)
- Xsl (XML C++ API Reference)
- C++, See Pro*C/C++ precompiler
- C, See OCI
- C_declaration (SQL Quick Reference)
- C/C++ compiler
-
- options (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- overview (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CA, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- cache (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- dictionary (Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Reference)
- See also TopoMap objects
- statistics (Reference)
- TopoMap object associated with (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CACHE / NOCACHE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG (SQL Reference)
- cache coherency
-
- monitoring (New Features Guide)
- statistics and diagnostics (New Features Guide)
- cache files, remote crawler (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CACHE FREE ALL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cache functions
-
- server round trips (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Cache Fusion
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- and e-commerce applications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- definition of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- function (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- mechanism (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- overview (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CACHE hint (SQL Reference)
- Cache Hit Ratio (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- cache hit ratio, Oracle buffer cache, suggested parameter settings for 64-bit feature (VLM) (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CACHE option
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
-
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- cache option (sqlj -cache) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CACHE parameter
-
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- cache parameters (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CACHE READS clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- cache size (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- CACHE statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (OLAP DML Reference)
- cache, MRU (most recently used) end, tables in cache, DB_BLOCK_BUFFERS, 64-bit feature (VLM) (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- cache.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- cached cursors
-
- execution plan for (SQL Reference)
- cached sequence numbers
-
- Export (Utilities)
- CachedRowSet (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CacheRoot (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- caches
-
- buffer (Concepts)
-
- multiple buffer pools (Concepts)
- cache hit (Concepts)
- cache miss (Concepts)
- data dictionary (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- location of (Concepts)
- database buffer, definition (Concepts)
- library cache (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- object cache (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #5] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #6] (Concepts)
- [subentry #7] (Concepts)
-
- object views (Concepts)
- object views (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- performance statistics (OLAP Reference)
- private SQL area (Concepts)
- See OLAP session cache
- sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- shared SQL area (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- CacheType
-
- connection string attribute for rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- caching
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- expires technique (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- owa_cache packages (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- system-level (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- user-level (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- validation technique (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- caching documents (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- caching online checker results (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caching, client-side
-
- custom use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle use for scrollable result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CAF
-
- OPEN connection to DB2 (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- calcCompressionRatio function (Spatial GeoRaster)
- calculated measures
-
- creating (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- calculated members
-
- adding to dimension (OLAP DML Reference)
- identifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- calculating a linear regression (OLAP DML Reference)
- calculation engine
-
- defined (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- calculation plan
-
- allocation step (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- forecast (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- calculation plans
-
- creating (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- forecast steps (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- calendar
-
- adding to a page (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- adding to new page (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- converting (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- creating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [subentry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- creating a column link (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- creating a day link (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- defining calendar interval (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Easy Calendar (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- editing attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- editing title (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- formatting (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- SQL Calendar (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- supported substitution strings (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- types (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- calendar attributes
-
- accessing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Calendar Display (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Calendar Interval (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Column Link (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Day Link (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- calendar template
-
- Calendar Template Identification
-
- Application (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Day Attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Month Attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Non-Day Attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Template Subscription (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Week Attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Calendar Template Identification attribute (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Calendar Utility (Globalization Support Guide)
- calendaring expressions (Administrator's Guide)
- CALENDARPRINT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- calendars
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- parameter (Globalization Support Guide)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- CALENDARWEEK option (OLAP DML Reference)
- CALL
-
- SQL statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- call
-
- a CICS or IMS transaction (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2 stored procedure
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- DRDA Server definition (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- look up in server catalog (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- DRDA_DISABLE_CALL
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- default (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- sample Gateway Initialization File (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- empproc stored procedure (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- managing resources across calls (Java Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Call Interface (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle Call Interfaces (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- PL/SQL (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- static fields (Java Developer's Guide)
- stored procedure
-
- creating a synonym to maintain location transparency (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- location transparency with synonym (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- null values not passed (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using standard Oracle PL/SQL (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using standard Oracle PL/SQL (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- to stored procedure
-
- known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- call arguments
-
- using literals as (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- Call Attach Facility See CAF
- CALL clause
-
- of CREATE TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- CALL command
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- code example, connecting from an AS/400 precompiled application (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- declaring procedures with call to a stored procedure (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- stored procedures, results can be committed or rolled back (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CALL correspondence
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- call correspondence order restrictions
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- CALL macro, z/OS (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- call memory (Java Developer's Guide)
- CALL procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CALL procedure statement
-
- of CREATE TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- Call Rate (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- call spec (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- call spec. See call specifications
- call specification (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
- defining (Java Developer's Guide)
- mapping data types (Java Developer's Guide)
- object type (Java Developer's Guide)
- packaged (Java Developer's Guide)
- top-level (Java Developer's Guide)
- understanding (Java Developer's Guide)
- call specifications (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
- in procedures (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROCEDURE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TYPE BODY (SQL Reference)
- CALL SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CALL statement
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL Reference)
-
- calling a stored procedure by using IBM DB2/400 (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- single CALL statement on AS/400 executes entire block of SQL statements (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CALL syntax for stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- call() (XML C++ API Reference)
- call_spec (SQL Quick Reference)
- callable statement
-
- getting a BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing BFILE locator (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing LOB locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using getOracleObject() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- callable statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- with arrays as parameters (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- callback (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
- restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Callback class
-
- act method (Java Developer's Guide)
- callback link (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- Callback package for C (XML C API Reference)
- Callback Restrictions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- callback support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- callback, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- callback, user exit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- callbacks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
- dynamic registrations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for LOB operations (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for reading LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- for writing LOBs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- from external procedures (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- LOB streaming interface (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- parameter modes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- registration for Transparent Application Failover (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- user-defined functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- calling
-
- Java stored procedures (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- procedures (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- stored subprograms (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Calling Java from PL/SQL (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- calling stored functions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- calling stored procedures (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- callouts
-
- how they are run (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- calls
-
- inter-language (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- limiting CPU time for (SQL Reference)
- limiting data blocks read (SQL Reference)
- Oracle call interface (Concepts)
- PL/SQL (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- remote procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- resolving subprogram (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- subprograms (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Calls Per Transaction (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- calls to runtime, generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CALLTYPE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- call-ins, Web services (JPublisher User's Guide)
- call-outs, Web services (JPublisher User's Guide)
- CALS image format (interMedia Reference)
- calss
-
- loader (Java Developer's Guide)
- CAN_REDEF_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cancel button (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CANCEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Cancel key (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CANCEL option
-
- managed recovery and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cancel query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CANCEL THREAD command (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- cancel_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- CANCEL_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CANCEL_TASK Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CANCEL_TUNING_TASK procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- canceling
-
- log apply services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- canceling a cursor (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- canceling OCI calls (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- canceling operations (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
-
- methods (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- with option to continue (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- canceling RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- canceling threads (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- canceljob command (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- cancelling
-
- SQL statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cancelling a cursor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cancelling an in-progress operation (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- cancelRowUpdates() method (result set) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cancel-based media recovery
-
- procedures (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- cannot serialize access (Concepts)
- canonical equivalence (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- canonical forms (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CANONICALIZE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cantaloupe dispenser (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- capabilities of DRDA Server, native semantics (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- capabilities, DRDA server, native semantics (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- capacity
-
- predicting (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- capacity planning
-
- space management
-
- capacity planning (Administrator's Guide)
- capacity, managing in disk groups (Administrator's Guide)
- Caption property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- capture avoidance rule (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- capture errors
-
- recovering from (Data Warehousing Guide)
- capture parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- capture process
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- altering (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- applied SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- architecture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- ARCHIVELOG mode (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- automatic restart (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- best practices
-
- batch processing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- configuration (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data dictionary build (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- operation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prepare for instantiation (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- builder server (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- building a Streams data dictionary (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- capture user (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- secure queues (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured messages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- captured SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- changes captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- DDL changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DML changes (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- NOLOGGING keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE clause for SQL*Loader (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- UNRECOVERABLE SQL keyword (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checkpoints (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- managing retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- datatypes captured (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- DBID (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DBMS_CAPTURE_ADM package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- downstream capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- database link (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring remote access (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- dropping (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- first SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- global name (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- changing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- heterogeneous environments (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- instantiation
-
- aborting database preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting schema preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- aborting table preparation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a database for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a schema for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- preparing a table for (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- local capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- advantages (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- log sequence number
-
- resetting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- LogMiner (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- data dictionary (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- multiple sessions (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- maximum checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- monitoring (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- applied SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- compatible tables (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- downstream capture (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- elapsed time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- last redo entry (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- latency (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- message creation time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- old log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- registered log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required log files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluations (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- state change time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- online redefinition (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism
-
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- parameters
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- disable_on_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- disable_on_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- downstream_real_time_mine (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- maximum_scn (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- message_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- parallelism (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- parallelism (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- setting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- setting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- startup_seconds (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- time_limit (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace_level (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- write_alert_log (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- PAUSED FOR FLOW CONTROL state (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- persistent status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparer servers (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- preparing for (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- reader server (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- Recovery Manager (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- flash recovery area (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo logs (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding manually (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- missing files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- redo transport services (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- required checkpoint SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- RESTRICTED SESSION (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule evaluation (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rule sets
-
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- rules (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- adding (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- defining global (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining schema (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining subset (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- defining table (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- removing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SGA_MAX_SIZE initialization parameter (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- start SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- starting (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- states (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- stopping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- supplemental logging (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- managing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYS schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- SYSTEM schema (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- trace files (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- transformations
-
- rule-based (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- checking progress (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- checking status (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CAPTURE_CURSOR_CACHE_SQLSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- captured SCN (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- cardinality (Concepts)
-
- degree of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CARDINALITY column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CARDINALITY function (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CARDINALITY operator
-
- for nested tables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- carriage returns (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Cartesian coordinates (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cartesian joins (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Cartesian products (SQL Reference)
- cartography
-
- description (Spatial GeoRaster)
- cartridge functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cartridge, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CASCADE actions
-
- DELETE statements and (Concepts)
- CASCADE clause
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP USER (SQL Reference)
- when dropping unique or primary keys (Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE CONSTRAINTS clause
-
- of DROP CLUSTER (SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- of DROP VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of REVOKE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CASCADE parameter (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
- CASCADE_FLAG column (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
- cascaded destinations
-
- defined (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- materialized view on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- require standby redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- role transitions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- Redo Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- SQL Apply (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- scenario (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cascading revokes (Security Guide)
- cascading style sheets
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- exporting (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- referencing for charts (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- referencing in page template (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- referencing inline (charts) (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- uploading (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- using custom (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Cascading Style Sheets, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- case (Globalization Support Guide)
- CASE expressions (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
-
- overview (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- searched (SQL Reference)
- simple (SQL Reference)
- case ID (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- Java API (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL API (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL scoring functions (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- case of object names (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- case option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- case option (JPublisher -case) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CASE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Case rules (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- case sensitivity
-
- identifier (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- string literal (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- case sensitivity in program names, option names, and values (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CASE statement
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- searched (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- case statement in programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- Case studies (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- CASE_NOT_FOUND exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- case1.sql (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- cases (Data Mining Concepts)
- case-insensitive linguistic sort (Globalization Support Guide)
- case-insensitivity (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive
-
- ABOUT queries (Text Reference)
- ABOUT query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- thesaurus (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters
-
- in names of executables (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- in package and procedure names (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive index
-
- creating (Text Reference)
- case-sensitive SQL UDT names (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (JPublisher User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- case-sensitivity
-
- column name mapping (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CAST (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CAST function (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- MULTISET parameter (SQL Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_DOUBLE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_FLOAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_BINARY_INTEGER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_FROM_NUMBER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_DOUBLE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_FLOAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_BINARY_INTEGER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_NUMBER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_NVARCHAR2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CAST_TO_RAW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- CAST_TO_VARCHAR2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- casting return values (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CAT synonym for USER_CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog
-
- retention, with tape backup (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- catalog application (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- catalog arguments (DatabaseMetaData) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CATALOG command (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- catalog structure
-
- ICF, OS/390-Specific Oracle Error 04114 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CATALOG view (Reference)
- catalog views
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- v$temporary_lobs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- catalog views for DB2 (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- catalog, Oracle Secure Backup (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #9] (Secure Backup Reference)
- [entry #10] (Secure Backup Reference)
- [entry #11] (Secure Backup Reference)
- [entry #12] (Secure Backup Reference)
-
- browsing (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Secure Backup Reference)
- browsing with data selectors (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- displaying contents (Secure Backup Reference)
- files over 2 GB in size (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- CATALOG.SQL script (Reference)
-
- creating V$ views (Reference)
- catalog.sql script (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
- preparing database for Export and Import (Utilities)
- cataloging
-
- archived redo logs (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- datafiles (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- catalogued backups (Secure Backup Reference)
- catalog-based restore operations (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- catalog-based roles (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CATAUDIT.SQL script
-
- audit trail records created by (Reference)
- audit trails for connections and disconnections (Reference)
- auditing characteristics described by (Reference)
- running (Security Guide)
- CATBLOCK.SQL script (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- catching routine (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
- example (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- CATCLUST.SQL script
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- using to create views for Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- catds command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CATDWGRD.SQL script (Reference)
- categorical attributes (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Concepts)
- categorical binning (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- categories of security issues (Security Guide)
- CATEGORIZE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- catexp.sql script
-
- preparing database for Export and Import (Utilities)
- CATEXP7.SQL script (Reference)
- CATHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATIO.SQL script (Reference)
- CATJAVA.SQL script (Reference)
- catldr.sql script
-
- preparing for direct path loads (Utilities)
- CATNOADT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOAUD.SQL (Security Guide)
- CATNOAUD.SQL script (Reference)
-
- running (Security Guide)
- CATNOHS.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOPRT.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOQUE.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNORMN.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNOSVM.SQL script (Reference)
- CATNSNMP.SQL script (Reference)
- CATOCTK.SQL script (Reference)
- CATPROC.SQL script (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
- catproc.sql script (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CATQUEUE.SQL script (Reference)
- CATRELOD.SQL script (Upgrade Guide)
- CATREP.SQL script (Reference)
- CATRMAN.SQL script (Reference)
- CATSEARCH (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- creating index for (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CATSEARCH condition (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CATSEARCH operator (Text Reference)
- CATSEARCH queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CATUPGRD.SQL script (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Upgrade Guide)
- catxcr command (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- catxlcr.sql (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- causal analysis (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- cause/action output for errors (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- caution
-
- assignment of the rights identifier (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- defining Oracle symbols and logicals prior to database installation (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- if installing additional Oracle Database 10g products in an existing Oracle home, stop all processes running in the Oracle home (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- if you remove Oracle JVM, then Oracle Universal Installer removes all installed products that depend on Oracle JVM, including Oracle Database (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- Oracle does not support using Oracle Universal Installer that is shipped with earlier releases (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- read file spec gide before changing disk structure (ODS-2 to ODS-5) (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- REBOOT parameter (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- regarding changing disk structure, ODS-2 or ODS-5 (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- removing an Oracle Database deletes all the data (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- SETSSI ADD, z/OS System command (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- TCP/IP protocol stacks from other vendors may work with Oracle, but customers use these products at their own risk (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- use the oracle10g account only for installing and maintaining Oracle software (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CBLLINK command (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- CC datetime format element (SQL Quick Reference)
- CCITT compression
-
- Raw Pixel images and (interMedia Reference)
- CCSID
-
- 65535 as the default for all tables created (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CCSID (coded character set identifiers), defined (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- code page mapping facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- codepage mapping facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- data conversion (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- description (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DRDA Server, NLS (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- external mapping to Oracle character sets supported (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- external mapping to supported Oracle character sets, Codepage Map Facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- NLS considerations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- supported character sets (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- supported languages (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- supported territories (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CCSID (coded character set identifiers), defined (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- cd command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CDA command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CDATA() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDATA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CDATASectionRef Interface
-
- CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CDATASectionRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- cdds command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CDMSLIB DD statement (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- cdp command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CDS. See Cell Directory Service (CDS)
- CDS. See Cell Directory Services (CDS)
- CD-ROM
-
- copy to hard drive, for installation of Oracle Database (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- installing Oracle Database from CD-ROM (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- requirements, minimum hardware (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CD-ROM drive requirements (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CD-ROMs
-
- mounting (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CEDA DEFINE TRANSACTION command (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CEIL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- cell coordinate system (Spatial GeoRaster)
-
- relationship to model coordinate system (Spatial GeoRaster)
- cell data
-
- querying and updating (Spatial GeoRaster)
- Cell Directory Services (CDS) external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- Cell Name field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cell referencing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cell_assignment (SQL Quick Reference)
- cell_reference_options (SQL Quick Reference)
- cellDepth keyword for storageParam (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CELLSPRINT procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CENTER function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- center of gravity (centroid) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CENTER procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTERCLOSE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTERCLOSE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTEROPEN function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CENTEROPEN procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- central database management
-
- configuring (2 Day DBA)
- Central Inventory
-
- corruption (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- creating (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- detaching homes (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- inventory file (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- logs directory (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- removing (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- central repository (Security Guide)
- centralized configuration (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- centralized management with distributable tools (Security Guide)
- centralized naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- establishing a connection with (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- centralized password policies (New Features Guide)
- centralized user management
-
- distributed systems (Administrator's Guide)
- centroid (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- SDO_AGGR_CENTROID aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CENTROID function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- century
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- date format masks (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CERN (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- certificate (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- browser, using with Oracle Wallet Manager (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate authentication (Security Guide)
- certificate authority (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- certificate authority, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- Certificate dialog box
-
- Internet Explorer (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- certificate key algorithm
-
- Secure Sockets Layer
-
- certificate key algorithm (Security Guide)
- certificate revocation lists (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- manipulating with orapki tool (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- uploading to LDAP directory (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate revocation status checking
-
- disabling on server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate service (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- certificate validation error message
-
- CRL could not be found (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL date verification failed with RSA status (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRL signature verification failed with RSA status (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Fetch CRL from CRL DP
-
- No CRLs found (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- OID hostname or port number not set (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- certificate, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
- digital, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- certificates for user and server authentication (Security Guide)
- certification
-
- hardware (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- software (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Certification Authority (CA) (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- certification, hardware and software (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #17] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #19] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #20] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #21] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #22] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #23] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #24] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #25] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #26] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #27] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #28] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #29] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #30] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #31] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #32] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #33] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #34] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #35] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #36] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #37] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #38] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #39] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [entry #40] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #41] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #42] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- [entry #43] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- [entry #44] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- certifications
-
- operating system (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- operating system versions (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- certified
-
- Enterprise Manager targets (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- targets for management or monitoring (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- targets, requirements of (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- certkeysize policy (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- CESU-8 compliance (Globalization Support Guide)
- CFG_GET function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_REFRESH procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CFG_UPDATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cfgmgr command (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- CFGTCP command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CFS
-
- See cluster file system
- CFUTIL (convert file utility)
-
- messages (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0001 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0002 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0003 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0004 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0005 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0006 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0007 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0008 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0009 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0010 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0011 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0012 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFU-0013 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CGI
-
- environment variables (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- CGI environment variables (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- CGI programs (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CGI variables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CGI, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
- environment variables (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- chain rules (Administrator's Guide)
- chain steps
-
- defining (Administrator's Guide)
- Chained mode (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- chained rows
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- eliminating from table, procedure (Administrator's Guide)
- listing (SQL Reference)
- of clusters (SQL Reference)
- CHAINED_ROWS table
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- used by ANALYZE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- chaining mode, Preface (Security Guide)
-
- modifiers (CBC, CFB, ECB, OFB, Preface (Security Guide)
- chaining of rows (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- chains
-
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- creating jobs for (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping rules from (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Administrator's Guide)
- running (Administrator's Guide)
- stalled (Administrator's Guide)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- challenge-response authentication in RADIUS (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE
-
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Quick Reference)
- change
-
- Change or Enter New Server Attributes - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Change Privileged IDs (Relative to AM400_COM) - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Change RID (Resolve In Doubt) Options Panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Change RID (Resolve In Doubt) Options - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changes and enhancements (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHANGE CATEGORY clause
-
- of ALTER OUTLINE (SQL Reference)
- CHANGE command (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- AVAILABLE option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- KEEP option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- UNAVAILABLE option (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- UNCATALOG option (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- change cycling
-
- avoidance
-
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- Change Data Capture (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- asynchronous
-
- Streams apply process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Streams capture process and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- benefits for subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- choosing a mode (Data Warehousing Guide)
- DBMS_CDC_PUBLISH package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- distributed asynchronous capabilities (New Features Guide)
- effects of stopping on DDL (Data Warehousing Guide)
- latency (Data Warehousing Guide)
- location of staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- modes of data capture
-
- asynchronous AutoLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous Distributed HotLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous HotLog (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Oracle Data Pump and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- removing from database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- restriction on direct-path INSERT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- setting up (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source database performance impact (Data Warehousing Guide)
- static data dictionary views (Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported export utility (Data Warehousing Guide)
- supported import utility (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- systemwide triggers installed by (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Change Data Capture publisher
-
- default tablespace for (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CHANGE functions and procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change management (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- change notification
-
- ODP.NET support (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CHANGE NOTIFICATION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- change notification, database (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- change notification, Database Change Notification (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Change Password screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- change passwords
-
- for oracle-supplied accounts (Upgrade Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #10] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- [subentry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- CHANGE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change requests
-
- approving (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- managing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- viewing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Change Requests page (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- change sets
-
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- effects of disabling (Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing asynchronous (Data Warehousing Guide)
- synchronous Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sources (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change sources
-
- asynchronous AutoLog Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- asynchronous Distributed HotLog Change Data Capture and (Data Warehousing Guide)
- database instance represented (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- HOTLOG_SOURCE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYNC_SOURCE (Data Warehousing Guide)
- valid combinations with change sets (Data Warehousing Guide)
- change tables
-
- adding a column to (Data Warehousing Guide)
- control columns (Data Warehousing Guide)
- defined (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping (Data Warehousing Guide)
- dropping with active subscribers (Data Warehousing Guide)
- effect of SQL DROP USER CASCADE statement on (Data Warehousing Guide)
- exporting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- granting subscribers access to (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- importing for Change Data Capture (Data Warehousing Guide)
- managing (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all in a named change set (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging all on staging database (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging by name (Data Warehousing Guide)
- purging of unneeded data (Data Warehousing Guide)
- source tables referenced by (Data Warehousing Guide)
- tablespaces created in (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- change tracking (Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
- disk space used for (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- enabling and disabling (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- moving the change tracking file (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- change vectors (Administrator's Guide)
- CHANGE_EDGE_COORDS procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CHANGE_JOIN_POS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHANGE_PASSWORD command (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATION_SETS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_PROPAGATIONS view (Reference)
- change_service_system_assoc (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CHANGE_SETS view (Reference)
- CHANGE_SOURCES view (Reference)
- CHANGE_TABLES view (Reference)
- CHANGE... KEEP
-
- with DELETE OBSOLETE (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- CHANGEBYTES function (OLAP DML Reference)
- changeCellValue procedure (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CHANGECHARS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- Changed Block Ratio (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- changed features (Data Guard Broker)
- changed parameters (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- changeFormat procedure (Spatial GeoRaster)
- changeFormatCopy procedure (Spatial GeoRaster)
- changes
-
- in this release (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 4.0.1.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 8.0.6.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 9.0.1.0.1 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 9.2.0.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- saving (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- changes and enhancements (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- changes in this release
-
- IBM DB2 Version 5.1 EBCDIC and ASCII Tables (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- IBM DB2/UDB supported (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle server dependencies (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- read-only support (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- changes to the system upon installation (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ChangeWorkspaceType procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- change-based media recovery
-
- coordinated in dis (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- change-value selection (Data Warehousing Guide)
- changing
-
- port (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- properties
-
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- protection mode
-
- of a database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- roles
-
- within the broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- See also editing
- states
-
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of a standby database in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- of databases in a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- changing a database ID (Utilities)
- changing a database name (Utilities)
- channel failover
-
- and RAC instances (New Features Guide)
- channelOrder operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- channels
-
- allocating manually for backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- allocating to shared server sessions (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- configuring automatic (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- configuring for backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- control options (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- definition (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- difference between manual and automatic (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- generic configurations (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- multiple
-
- crosschecking and deleting (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- overriding automatic (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- parallelism for manual channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- preconfigured disk (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RMAN naming conventions (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specific configurations (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CHAR
-
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle external datatype (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- CHAR character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CHAR class
-
- conversions with KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR clause
-
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHAR column, maximum width (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHAR columns
-
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- definition from DESCRIBE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- migrating to NCHAR columns (Globalization Support Guide)
- space padding (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using setFixedCHAR() to match in WHERE (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR comparisons, blank padding (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHAR data type (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- CHAR data type, Oracle data types mapped to DB2/400 data types (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHAR data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHAR datatype
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
-
- blank-padded comparison semantics (Concepts)
- converting to VARCHAR2 (SQL Reference)
- delimited form and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- differences with VARCHAR2 (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- increasing column length (Administrator's Guide)
- internal (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- reference
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHAR datatypes
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR FOR BIT DATA format (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CHAR format (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHAR length semantics (SQL Reference)
- CHAR qualifier for column lengths (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHAR_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CHAR_MAP precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHAR_TO_LABEL function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- character
-
- columns (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- converting a string (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- string operations (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- character data (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- converting with CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- Oracle Database for z/OS (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- partitioned tables (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SQL queries (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SQL statements (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- varying width (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- character data conversion
-
- database character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- character data scanning
-
- before character set migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER data type (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- character device
-
- device name (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- device name on HP-UX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- device name on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- character encoding
-
- command line example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for source (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- setting at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using native2ascii (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- character fields
-
- delimiters and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- determining length for SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader datatypes (Utilities)
- character functions (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- character host variables
-
- as output variables (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- handling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- server handling (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- types (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Character Large Object (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Character Large Object (CLOB) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- character large object, see CLOB
- character large objects. See CLOB
- character length semantics
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Reference)
-
- object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- character literal. See text
- character literals
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
- quoting (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- quoting with Q (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- using in SQL statements (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Character Map Windows utility
-
- choosing a font (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- character raw device
-
- device name (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- device name on AIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- character raw device names (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- character rearrangement (Globalization Support Guide)
- character repertoire (Globalization Support Guide)
- character semantics (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER SET
-
- clause, client/server configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- parameter description (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- parameter, description (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- character set
-
- AL16UTF16 (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- AL32UTF8 (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CCSID, data conversion (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- CHGORATUN command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- choosing (Administrator's Guide)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss
-
- during conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- DB2/400 CCSID considerations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DB2/400 GRAPHIC support, setting NLS_LANG (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DBCS, double byte character set (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- detecting with Globalization Development Kit (Globalization Support Guide)
- GRAPHIC constants in SQL commands (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- indexing mixed (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- national (Globalization Support Guide)
- NLS
-
- character settings must be compatible (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- NLS_LANG specifies a single-byte character set (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- supported character sets (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- server and client configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL command to check character set of existing database (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- US7ASCII (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- UTF8 (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- WE8DEC (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- character set column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- character set conversion
-
- between OCI client and database server (Globalization Support Guide)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- parameters (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set conversion of Unicode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set definition
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- guidelines for editing files (Globalization Support Guide)
- naming files (Globalization Support Guide)
- character set form (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set ID (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- getting the
-
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- See CSID parameter
- Unicode (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- character set migration
-
- CSALTER script (Globalization Support Guide)
- identifying character data conversion problems (Globalization Support Guide)
- postmigration tasks (Globalization Support Guide)
- scanning character data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CHARACTER SET parameter
- [entry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #3] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
-
- of CREATE CONTROLFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- Character Set Scanner (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- See CSSCAN
- character sets
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- AL16UTF16 (Globalization Support Guide)
- AL24UTFFSS (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- AL24UTFFSS, upgrading (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- AL32UTF8 (Globalization Support Guide)
- and code page map facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- and codepage map facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- and Instant Client Light (New Features Guide)
- ASCII (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- ASCII, known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Asian (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
- CCSID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- changing after database creation (Globalization Support Guide)
- Chinese (Text Reference)
- choosing (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a character set for a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a national character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- CLOB and NCLOB datatypes (Concepts)
- codepage (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- codepage, DRDA_DEFAULT_CCSID specifies default CCSID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- column lengths (Concepts)
- common (SQL Reference)
- conversion (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- during Export and Import (Utilities)
- conversion using OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- conversions with KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- data loss (Globalization Support Guide)
- database, specifying (SQL Reference)
- defining (2 Day DBA)
- EBCDIC (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- EBCDIC, known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- eight-bit to seven-bit conversions
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- European (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- for net service name (Net Services Reference)
- Heterogeneous Services (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- identifying for external tables (Utilities)
- importing and exporting XML data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in data profiles (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- ISO 8859 series (Globalization Support Guide)
- Japanese (Text Reference)
- Korean (Text Reference)
- Middle Eastern (Globalization Support Guide)
- migrating
-
- using Streams (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- migrating and the data dictionary (Globalization Support Guide)
- migration (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- multibyte (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- multibyte characters (SQL Reference)
- multibyte characters in role names (Security Guide)
- multibyte characters in role passwords (Security Guide)
- naming (Globalization Support Guide)
- national (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- NCHAR and NVARCHAR2 (Concepts)
- network, for keyword values (Net Services Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- restrictions on character sets used to express names (Globalization Support Guide)
- setting for use with RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- single-byte
-
- Export/Import (Utilities)
- specifying for database (SQL Reference)
- SQL*Loader control file (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader conversion between (Utilities)
- supersets and subsets (Globalization Support Guide)
- support for (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- supported (Globalization Support Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- supported, codepage map facility (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- supporting different character repertoires (Globalization Support Guide)
- Unicode (New Features Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- universal (Globalization Support Guide)
- upgrading the database (Upgrade Guide)
- upgrading, from Advanced installation method (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- UTF8 (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- UTFE (Globalization Support Guide)
- character snational (Globalization Support Guide)
- character string
-
- converting datatypes (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- performing operations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- character strings
-
- comparison rules (SQL Reference)
- converting character string data types (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- converting data types (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- exact matching (SQL Reference)
- external tables
-
- specifying bytes or characters (Utilities)
- fixed-length (SQL Reference)
- multibyte (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- national character set (SQL Reference)
- performing character string operations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- processing (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- variable length (SQL Reference)
- variable-length (SQL Reference)
- zero-length (SQL Reference)
- character strings, multi-byte (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARACTER subtype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- character type conversion
-
- error reporting (Globalization Support Guide)
- character values
-
- assigning (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- comparing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- selecting (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- character_datatypes (SQL Quick Reference)
- character_set_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- CharacterData (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CharacterDataRef Interface
-
- appendData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- deleteData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- freeString() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getLength() (XML C++ API Reference)
- insertData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- replaceData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- substringData() (XML C++ API Reference)
- characters
-
- available in all Oracle database character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- context-sensitive (Globalization Support Guide)
- continuation (Text Reference)
- contracting (Globalization Support Guide)
- manipulation functions (OLAP DML Reference)
- numeric group separators (Reference)
- numgroup (Text Reference)
- numjoin (Text Reference)
- printjoin (Text Reference)
- punctuation (Text Reference)
- representing as decimals (OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as hexadecimals (OLAP DML Reference)
- representing as Unicode (OLAP DML Reference)
- skipjoin (Text Reference)
- special (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying for newline (Text Reference)
- specifying for whitespace (Text Reference)
- startjoin and endjoin (Text Reference)
- user-defined (Globalization Support Guide)
- characters with special meaning
-
- in column data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- in table or view (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- characters with special meaning in XML (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- characters() (XML C++ API Reference)
- characters, valid (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CHARACTERSET parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- charactersets
-
- multibyte, LONG and LOB datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- character-length semantics (Utilities)
- character-set
-
- indexing mixed columns (Text Reference)
- character-set conversion
-
- with AUTO_FILTER (Text Reference)
- CHARARR Table Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHARF data type specifier
-
- using in TYPE statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in VAR statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF data type, external (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF datat type specifier (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARF datatype (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatype specifier (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- using in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHARF datatypes
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CHARLIST function (OLAP DML Reference)
- charset
-
- SQL*Plus Instant Client (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- charset attribute (Text Reference)
- charset column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CHARSET_FILTER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- attributes for (Text Reference)
- mixed character-set example (Text Reference)
- CHARSETFORM property (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHARSETID property (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- Chart Element (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- Chart Title (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- Chart Type (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- CHARTOROWID function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- charts
-
- about wizards (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- adding to a new page (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- adding to a page (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- altering display (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- asynchronous refresh (New Features Guide)
- asynchronous updates (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Cluster Bar (New Features Guide)
- creating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [subentry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CSS classes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Dial (New Features Guide)
- displaying in other languages (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- editing attributes (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- HTML (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- monitoring information (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Percentage Bar (New Features Guide)
- providing a SQL query (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- providing textual descriptions for accessibility (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- referencing CSS styles inline (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- referencing custom CSS (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Stacked Bar (New Features Guide)
- supported types (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- SVG (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- types (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- user-defined report example (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- CHARZ
-
- external datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CHARZ data type (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CHARZ datatype (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- external (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- chatracter sets, multi byte (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- chclass command (Secure Backup Reference)
- chdev command (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #6] (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #7] (Secure Backup Reference)
- check box (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
-
- creating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CHECK clause
-
- of constraints (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- CHECK constraint
-
- triggers and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- check constraints
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
- checking mechanism (Concepts)
- defined (Concepts)
- how to use (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- multiple constraints on a column (Concepts)
- overriding disabling of (Utilities)
- subqueries prohibited in (Concepts)
- CHECK DATAFILES clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- Check for Updates feature (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- check source name against. public class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- check sources, expand resolution search (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Check TCP/IP client access rights option in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CHECK_CONTROL option
-
- and label update (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- and labeling functions (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- with other options (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- check_datafiles_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- check_diskgroup_clauses (SQL Quick Reference)
- CHECK_OBJECT procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- DBMS_REPAIR package (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- finding extent of corruption (Administrator's Guide)
- checker option (SQLCheckerCustomizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- checkerr() listing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- checkfilename option (sqlj -checkfilename) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHECKIN function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checking
-
- database requirements (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- [subentry #10] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- hardware requirements (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- operating system distribution and version (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- software requirements,operating system requirements (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- checking dataset files (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- checking disk availability for ASM (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking disk availability for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking disk availability for raw devices (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking distribution of the operating system (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #13] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- checking existence of the nobody user (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking if active (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- checking kernel parameters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- checking kernel subsystem attributes (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- checking Linux distribution (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- checking maintenance level (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- checking patch requirements (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking quality pack requirement (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking requirements
-
- software (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- system architecture (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking software requirements (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- checking Tru64 version (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- checking version (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #12] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- checking version of the operating system (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #13] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- checklist
-
- configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- configuring Oracle Access Manager for CICS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- configuring Oracle Access Manager for IMS TM (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- configuring the communications interfaces
-
- on AIX (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- on HP-UX (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- on Solaris (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- configuring the DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DRDA Server configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- gateway configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- gateway installation (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- installation overview (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Net (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle Net installation and configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- post installation (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- post-configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- post-installation (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- setting up ASO (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- tasks for creating physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- tasks for creating standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- testing ASO (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- checklists
-
- enabling two-phase commit (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle Net, TCP/IP AS/400 configuration (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- post-installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- checklists and recommendations (Security Guide)
-
- custom installation (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- disallow modifying default permissions for Oracle Database home (installation) directory or its contents (Security Guide)
- disallow modifying Oracle home default permissions (Security Guide)
- limit the number of operating system users (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- limit the privileges of the operating system accounts (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- networking security (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- personnel (Security Guide)
- physical access control (Security Guide)
- restrict symbolic links (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- secure installation and configuration (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- CHECKOUT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CheckPoint (Security Guide)
- CHECKPOINT clause
-
- of ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- checkpoint commands (Secure Backup Reference)
-
- lscheckpoint (Secure Backup Reference)
- rmcheckpoint (Secure Backup Reference)
- Checkpoint Firewall, Oracle ecosystem and (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- checkpoint retention
-
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- checkpoint_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- checkpointing improvements (New Features Guide)
- checkpoints
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- checkpoint interval (Reference)
- checkpoint process (CKPT) (Concepts)
- control files and (Concepts)
- DBWn process (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- forcing (SQL Reference)
- incremental (Concepts)
- listing attributes of (Secure Backup Reference)
- removing (Secure Backup Reference)
- retention time (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- managing (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- statistics (Reference)
- statistics on (Concepts)
- V$LOGSTDBY_PROGRESS view (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CHECKPRIVILEGES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checkProperties( ) method (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #3] (interMedia Reference)
- checksource option (sqlj -checksource) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHECKSUM command (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- Advanced Security (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- also see Advanced Security (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- extended advanced networking (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Net, Advanced Security Encryption (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CHECKSUM functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- checksums
- [entry #2] (High Availability Best Practices)
-
- code example (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for data blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- redo log blocks (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- setting parameters in Java (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by OCI drivers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support by Thin driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CHG2PCPRM command
-
- changing AM400_RID Options (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing RID (Resolve In Doubt) Privileged IDs - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- main topic, changing two-phase commit parameters (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose of command (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGDFN command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CHGDIMS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- CHGGTWDBG command
-
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORANET command
-
- assigning a port number (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing parameter values in ORA(SQLNET) (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing parameters (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- trace files (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORAPJE command
-
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- prestarted jobs (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORATUN command
-
- changing default BLOCKSIZE (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- data conversion (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- gateway configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- language specification (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- number of DB2/400 cursors (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGRECOPRF command
-
- caution to synchronize recovery password (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- password for recovery user profile (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDBG command
-
- main topic, opens Access Manager Debugging Options - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose of command (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDFLT command
-
- changing Access Manager NLS language parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing Oracle server default user ID and password, when using STRSQL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing two-phase commit parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- opening Access Manager Default Options - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose of command (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLNET command
-
- Access Manager commands (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- network parameters panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGUSRPRF command
-
- changing default password during installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGUSRPRF command, password for recovery user profile (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- chhost command (Secure Backup Reference)
- child cursor (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- child factors. See factors
- child layer (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- child links
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- child node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- child nodes
-
- getting (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- child rows
-
- deleting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- inserting (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- updating (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- child workspace (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
- as alternative to creating savepoint (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- merging (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- refreshing (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- removing (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CHILDLOCK statement (OLAP DML Reference)
- Chinese
-
- fuzzy matching (Text Reference)
- Chinese character sets supported (Text Reference)
- Chinese indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Chinese lexicon, modifying (Text Reference)
- Chinese text
-
- indexing (Text Reference)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CHINESE_VGRAM_LEXER object (Text Reference)
- chkbw command (Secure Backup Reference)
- chkds command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CHKSQLDFLT command, checking STRSQL default data type, precision, and scale values (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- chmf command (Secure Backup Reference)
- chmod command (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #16] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #17] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #18] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #19] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #20] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #21] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #22] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #23] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #24] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #25] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #26] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #27] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #28] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #29] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #30] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #31] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #32] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #33] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #34] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #35] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #36] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #37] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #38] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #39] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #40] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #41] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #42] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #43] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #44] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #45] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #46] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #47] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #48] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #49] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #50] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #51] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #52] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #53] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #54] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #55] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #56] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #57] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #58] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #59] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #60] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #61] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #62] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #63] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #64] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #65] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #66] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #67] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #68] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #69] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #70] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #71] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #72] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #73] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #74] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #75] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #76] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #77] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #78] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #79] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #80] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #81] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #82] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #83] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #84] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #85] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #86] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #87] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #88] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #89] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #90] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #91] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #92] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #93] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #94] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #95] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #96] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #97] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #98] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #99] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #100] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #101] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #102] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #103] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CHNF$_DESC Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHNF$_DESC type (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHNF$_RDESC Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHNF$_RDESC_ARRAY Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHNF$_REG_INFO Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHNF$_REG_INFO type
-
- using in database change registrations (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHNF$_TDESC Object Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHNF$_TDESC type (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CHNF$_TDESC_ARRAY Object (Array) Type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CHOOSE_DATE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- choosing a character set (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing a repository server (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- choosing between a Unicode database and Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- choosing connection (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- choosing the device type
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- chown command (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #16] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #17] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #18] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #19] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #20] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #21] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #22] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #23] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #24] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #25] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #26] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #27] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #28] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #29] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #30] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #31] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #32] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #33] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #34] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #35] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #36] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #37] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #38] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #39] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #40] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #41] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #42] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #43] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #44] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #45] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #46] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #47] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #48] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #49] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #50] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #51] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #52] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #53] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #54] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #55] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #56] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #57] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #58] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #59] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #60] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #61] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #62] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #63] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #64] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #65] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #66] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #67] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #68] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #69] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #70] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #71] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #72] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #73] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #74] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #75] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #76] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #77] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #78] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #79] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #80] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #81] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #82] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #83] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #84] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #85] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #86] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #87] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #88] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #89] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #90] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #91] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CHR function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- chsched command (Secure Backup Reference)
- chssel command (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- chsum command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CHUNK (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CHUNK clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- CHUNK option (interMedia User's Guide)
- CHUNK size (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- chunk size (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
- and LOB storage properties (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- multiple of, to improve performance (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- chunking
-
- transactions (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- chunking methods
-
- LONG RAW (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- ChunkSize
-
- connection string attribute for rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- chuser command (Secure Backup Reference)
- CICADPX load module (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CICS (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #5] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- Attach installation
-
- copying LIBCLNTS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- copying ORACICSC (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- defining transactions (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- generating ORACSTUB stub (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- setting up automatic initialization (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ATTACHSEC parameter (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on HP-UX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- on Solaris (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- defining MESG library to (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DFHRPL library (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- installation verification
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Access Manager for CICS
-
- MPM restrictions (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- profile for managed binds (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- recovery procedures (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- security options not supported by the gateway (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- on HP-UX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- on Solaris (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- tables (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- transaction
-
- IAP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ORAC (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- transaction ID (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- verifying configuration
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- CICS SYNCPOINT
-
- choosing (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- Oracle Access Manager for CICS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CICS syncpoint, at startup (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CICS transaction (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CICS Transaction Server
-
- gateway starts communication with (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- CICS Transaction Server for z/OS
-
- authentication mechanism
-
- on all platforms (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- configuring for the gateway (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP
-
- configuration verification (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuration verification (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- TP name length (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- CICS TS requirements for installation (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00001E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00002E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00003E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00004E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00005E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00007I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00009E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00010E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00011I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00012I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00013I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00015E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00016E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00017E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00018E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00023I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00024E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00025E (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-00026I (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIC-99999 (Messages Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CIFS (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- cipher block chaining mode (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cipher suite, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- cipher suites
-
- Secure Sockets Layer (Security Guide)
- Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- ciphertext, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- circle
-
- creating polygon approximating (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- not supported with geodetic data (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CIRCLE_POLYGON function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CIRCUITS initialization parameter (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- circular dependencies among XML schemas (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- circular reuse records (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Cisco (Security Guide)
- CITE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CITE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CJQ0 process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CKPT background process (Concepts)
- clas_cost_table_name setting (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- clas_priors_table_name setting (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- class
-
- attributes (Java Developer's Guide)
- auditing (Java Developer's Guide)
- definition (Java Developer's Guide)
- dynamic loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- execution (Java Developer's Guide)
- hierarchy (Java Developer's Guide)
- inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- interpretation (Java Developer's Guide)
- loading (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- loading permission (Java Developer's Guide)
- marking valid (Java Developer's Guide)
- methods (Java Developer's Guide)
- name (Java Developer's Guide)
- publish (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving dependencies (Java Developer's Guide)
- resolving reference (Java Developer's Guide)
- schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- shortened name (Java Developer's Guide)
- single inheritance (Java Developer's Guide)
- class commands (Secure Backup Reference)
-
- chclass (Secure Backup Reference)
- lsclass (Secure Backup Reference)
- mkclass (Secure Backup Reference)
- renclass (Secure Backup Reference)
- rmclass (Secure Backup Reference)
- Class Generator
-
- XML C++ (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Class Generator, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- class ID
-
- CLSID_OraOLEDB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Class interface
-
- forName method (Java Developer's Guide)
- class libraries (interMedia User's Guide)
- class libraries, obtaining (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Class Library projects (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- class loading in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- class rights (Secure Backup Reference)
-
- access Oracle backups (Secure Backup Reference)
- browse backup catalogs with this access (Secure Backup Reference)
- display administrative domain's configuration (Secure Backup Reference)
- list any job, regardless of its owner (Secure Backup Reference)
- list any jobs owned by user (Secure Backup Reference)
- manage devices and change device state (Secure Backup Reference)
- modify administrative domain's configuration (Secure Backup Reference)
- modify any job, regardless of its owner (Secure Backup Reference)
- modify any jobs owned by user (Secure Backup Reference)
- modify own name and password (Secure Backup Reference)
- perform backups as privileged user (Secure Backup Reference)
- perform backups as self (Secure Backup Reference)
- perform Oracle backups and restores (Secure Backup Reference)
- perform restores as privileged user (Secure Backup Reference)
- perform restores as self (Secure Backup Reference)
- query and display information about devices (Secure Backup Reference)
- receive email describing internal errors (Secure Backup Reference)
- receive email requesting operator assistance (Secure Backup Reference)
- class schema object (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
- class schema object naming
-
- generated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- loaded (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classes
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Secure Backup Reference)
-
- adding (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- admin class (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- Agent class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- AnyData class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- BatchSQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bfile class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Blob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Bytes class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- changing attributes of (Secure Backup Reference)
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- configuring (Secure Backup Reference)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Consumer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Date class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- directives (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- editing (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- Environment class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- granting rights (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- IntervalDS class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- IntervalYM class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Listener class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- listing (Secure Backup Reference)
- Map class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Message class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Metadata class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- NotifyResult class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Number class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- operator class (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- oracle class (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- PObject class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Producer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- reader class (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- Ref class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- RefAny class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- removing (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- renaming (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- ResultSet class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- SQLException class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- StatelessConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Statement class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Stream class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Subscription class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Timestamp class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- user class (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- classes, extending (JPublisher User's Guide)
- classes, Oracle Secure Backup (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
-
- admin (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- oracle (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- ClassForName
-
- lookupClass method (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- classForNameAndSchema method (Java Developer's Guide)
- classification (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- costs (Data Mining Concepts)
- data preparation (Data Mining Concepts)
- Decision Tree (supervised) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- model details (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- outliers (Data Mining Concepts)
- rule-based (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- scoring (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- simple, see rule-based classification
- supervised (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SVM (supervised) (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- test metrics (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- testing (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- text mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- unsupervised
- use (Data Mining Concepts)
- classification application
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- classification models (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- building (Data Mining Concepts)
- testing (Data Mining Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Mining Concepts)
- ClassificationTestMetrics (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- classifying documents (Text Reference)
-
- clustering (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- ClassNotFoundException (Java Developer's Guide)
- CLASSPATH (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- XSQL Pages (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- classpath and path (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLASSPATH environment variable (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #15] (interMedia User's Guide)
- CLASSPATH logical (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- classpath option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- classpath option (sqlj -classpath) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- classpath, awareness of environment classpath (JPublisher User's Guide)
- CLASSPATH, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CLASSPATH, specifying (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clause
-
- CHARACTER SET, client/server configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- clause, FOR FETCH ONLY, required for block fetching to be performed (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- clauses
-
- AUTHID (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- BULK COLLECT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CHARACTER SET, client/server configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CONNECT BY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CONNECT BY, example of when not supported (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONNECT TO (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CONNECT TO, gateway security (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- FOR UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- SELECT statements without FOR UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- with no column names (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- GROUP BY (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- GROUP BY, SQL Set Clauses (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- HAVING (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- HAVING, SQL Set Clauses (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- LIMIT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- ORDER BY (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- ORDER BY, SQL Set Clauses (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SELECT FOR INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SELECT FOR UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SQL
-
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SELECT WHERE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SELECT WHERE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SELECT WHERE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- UPDATE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- TO_DATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- USING (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- USING, creating a database link (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- VALUES (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- functions not allowed by DB2 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- WHERE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- compatible for all versions of DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SQL limitations, Oracle ROWID column (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL Set Clauses (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- WHERE CURRENT OF CURSOR, known restrictions, SQL limitations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- WHERE CURRENT OF CURSOR (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- WHERE CURRENT OF CURSOR, ROWID column (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- WHERE, split processing (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- clauses, SQLJ executable statements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLB_GOAL_LONG (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLB_GOAL_SHORT (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- clean command (Secure Backup Reference)
- cleaning tape drives (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Reference)
- CLEANUP command
-
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- cleanup system statistics (New Features Guide)
- CLEANUP_DELAY parameter
-
- AM400_COM program can be used to dynamically alter environment of AM400_RID program (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- AM400_COM QUERY command can query the value of this parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- description, a tuning parameter requiring a single numeric value (in seconds) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- tuning parameter, Change RID (Resolve In Doubt) Options - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CLEANUP_FAILED procedure (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CLEANUP_GATEWAY Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEANUP_INSTANTIATION_SETUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in ATTRIBUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- BREAKS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- BUFFER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SCREEN clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TIMING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR LOGFILE clause
-
- ALTER DATABASE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- clear screen button (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR UNARCHIVED LOGFILES clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CLEAR_ALL_CONTEXT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_CONTEXT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_COOKIES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_EXPRSET_STATS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_IDENTIFIER Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PENDING_AREA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PLSQL_TRACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLEAR_PROP_STATISTICS procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CLEAR_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CLEAR_USED procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearBatch() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearBindValues() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- clearClientIdentifier() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearDefines() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- clearing redo log files (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- clearing RMAN configuration (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- clearing your screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEARKEYCOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearLocal( ) method (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- cleartext, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- CLEARUPDATECOLUMNLIST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- clearUpdateColumnNames() (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- clicks
-
- counting (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- client
-
- application environments and FAN (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- defined (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- definition (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- install JDK (Java Developer's Guide)
- set up environment variables (Java Developer's Guide)
- setup (Java Developer's Guide)
- special meaning defined (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- client application development
-
- calling a TIP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- customized TIPs for remote host transaction (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- declaring TIP variables (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- error handling
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- examples and samples (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- exchanging data (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- executing (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- granting execute authority (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- overriding TIP initializations (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- overview (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- preparation (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- remote host transaction types
-
- multi-conversational transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- multi-conversational transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- one-shot transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- one-shot transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- persistent transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- persistent transactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- See also, index entries for each transaction type (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- See also, index entries for each transaction type (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- requirements (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- declare RHT/TIP data to be exchanged (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- initialize RHT for multi-conversational applications (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialize RHT for multi-conversational applications (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- initialize RHT using TIP initialization function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- repetitively exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- repetitively exchange data with RHT using TIP user function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- terminate RHT using TIP termination function (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- security considerations (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- terminating the conversation (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- TIP and remote transaction program correspondence (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- TIP CALL correspondence (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- TIP content and purpose (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- TIP DATA correspondence (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- TIP TRANSACTION correspondence
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- client application development for gateway using TCP/IP
-
- overview (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- client application development on gateway using TCP/IP
-
- preparing (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- client applications (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- client authentication in SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- client checklist (Security Guide)
- client configuration
-
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancing requests among listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- log files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Connection Manager address (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- sqlnet.log file (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- trace files (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Client Configuration Collection Tag (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- client configuration data (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- client configurations (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- client connections
-
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client events (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- client failover
-
- best practices (High Availability Best Practices)
- client globalization settings (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- client host
-
- directories (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- files (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- client hosts (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
-
- in hostname statements (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- in status files (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- client identifier (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- client load balancing
-
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference)
- client machine
-
- configuring network (2 Day DBA)
- client operating system
-
- character set compatibility with applications (Globalization Support Guide)
- client problem
-
- ORA-12203 (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- client processes. See user processes
- Client Registration ID field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client request (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- client shared libraries (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- client shared library (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- client static libraries (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- client static library (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- client static library, generating (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #17] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #19] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #20] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #21] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #22] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #23] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #24] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Client System Analyzer (CSA) (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
- client configurations (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- deployed independently (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- in Grid Control (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- setting up (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- client testing
-
- connectivity (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from 3GL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from applications (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from the operating system (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client tier, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- client troubleshooting (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client X server environment (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- client, defined in gateway architecture (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CLIENT_ID_STAT_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_STAT_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_TRACE_DISABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_ID_TRACE_ENABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLIENT_IDENTIFIER
-
- setting and clearing with DBMS_SESSION package (Security Guide)
- setting for applications that use JDBC (Security Guide)
- setting with OCI user session handle attribute (Security Guide)
- CLIENT_IDENTIFIER attribute (Security Guide)
- CLIENT_INFO attribute, USERENV (Security Guide)
- client/server
-
- configuration (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- client/server applications (Performance Tuning Guide)
- client/server architectures
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- diagrammed (Concepts)
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed processing in (Concepts)
- globalization support (Administrator's Guide)
- overview of (Concepts)
- program interface (Concepts)
- client/server network (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- clientadmin.rsp file
-
- modifying a response file (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- clientadmin.rsp response file (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CLIENTCONTEXT namespace (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- clientcustom.rsp file
-
- modifying a response file (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- clientcustom.rsp response file (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- clientlogevents policy (Secure Backup Reference)
- clientruntime.rsp file
-
- modifying a response file (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- clientruntime.rsp response file (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- clients
-
- application failover (High Availability Best Practices)
- configuring for failover (High Availability Best Practices)
- finding IP address with DVF.F$CLIENT_IP (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- in client/server architecture, definition (Concepts)
- integrated for FAN events (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- load balancing (High Availability Best Practices)
- Clients allowed to access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Clients excluded from access field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- clients, installing Oracle Secure Backup on (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- client-server configurations (Upgrade Guide)
- client-side
-
- load balancing (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Client-Side Controller (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- Client-side Controller, setting up (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- client-side load balancing (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- client-side translation to run in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLIP_GEOM_SEGMENT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- clipping (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- geometric segment (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- see trimming (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOB (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- class (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating and populating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creating columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- datatype (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- EMPTY_CLOB function (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- interface changes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- introduction (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- getting from result set (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to callable statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing to prepared statement (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- locators, selecting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- manipulating data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- populating columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing data (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB (Character Large Object) datatype (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CLOB and NCLOB data
-
- binding and defining in OCI (Globalization Support Guide)
- Clob class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- CLOB class, See JDBC
- CLOB clause
-
- VARIABLE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB column (Text Application Developer's Guide)
-
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CLOB columns
-
- changing format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- default format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting maximum width (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval position (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting retrieval size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB data type (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CLOB data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CLOB datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
- transactional support (SQL Reference)
- CLOB support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOB_ARG procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CLOB2FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOBs
-
- columns
-
- varying- width character data (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- creating indexes (Globalization Support Guide)
- datatype (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
- varying-width columns (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- DBMS_LOB, offset and amount parameters in characters (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- external datatype (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- modify using DBMS_LOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- opening and closing using JDBC (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- reading/examining with JDBC (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- using JDBC to modify (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CLOB-based storage
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CLOB-buffering, See JDBC
- clonable Oracle homes (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- clone database
-
- ACTIVATE STANDBY DATABASE clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- activating (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- activating a physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating a restore point for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating restore point for (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE initialization parameter (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- clone databases
-
- converting a physical standby database to (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- mounting (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- preparing for TSPITR (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Clone method, See Oracle Objects for OLE (OO4O)
- clone_as_home (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- clone_crs_home (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- clone_database_home (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CLONE_SIMPLE_TABLESPACE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLONE_TABLESPACES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- cloneContent() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CLONENODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- cloneNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- cloneRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- cloning
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- a database (Administrator's Guide)
- a physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- about (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- activating a read/write database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- an Oracle home (Administrator's Guide)
- Application Server (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- clusterware (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- considerations (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- create new single-node RAC (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- CREATE RESTORE POINT command (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating a restore point (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- database instances to create backups (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- databases (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- gold images (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- log files (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Oracle Database 10.2 (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Oracle home (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Oracle homes (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- out-of-box clonable Oracle homes (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- overview (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Real Application Clusters (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- cloning an Oracle home (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- cloning RAC nodes (New Features Guide)
- CLOSE command
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- examples (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- See SQL command in OLAP DML
- CLOSE CONNECTIONS command (Net Services Reference)
- CLOSE CURSOR statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE DATABASE LINK clause
-
- ALTER SESSION statement (Administrator's Guide)
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- CLOSE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE SQL statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE statement
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- dependence on precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- disables cursor (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling cursor variable
-
- closing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- use in Dynamic SQL Method 4 (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- use in dynamic SQL method 4 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- close( ) method (interMedia Reference)
- close() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- for caching statements (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (DefaultContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (ExecutionContext) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- close() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE_ALL_CONNECTIONS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CACHED_OPEN_CURSOR initialization parameter (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- CLOSE_CONNECTION (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CLOSE_CONNECTION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CURSOR function (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- CLOSE_CURSOR Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_CURSOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_ITERATOR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE_ON_COMMIT precompiler option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSE_PERSISTENT_CONNS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSECONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CLOSECURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- closed database
-
- backing up (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- closed path
-
- definition (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- specifying for TSP (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- closed paths
-
- checking for (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- closedoor command (Secure Backup Reference)
- closeFile() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeSource( ) method (interMedia Reference)
- closeWithKey() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closeWithKey() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing
-
- all open BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- BFILEs with CLOSE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- BFILEs with FILECLOSE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- cursors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- message consumer (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- MessageProducer (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- closing a queue (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- closing windows (Administrator's Guide)
- closing, cursors (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CLR (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CLR host (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CLR. See Microsoft Common Language Runtime
- CLRExtProc (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- CLRPFM FILE command, clearing LOG file LISTENER member (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER macro (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- CLSD-1009 message
-
- resolving (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLSD-1011 message
-
- resolving (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLU synonym for USER_CLUSTERS view (Reference)
- cluister
-
- de-installation (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- clump (Text Reference)
- clump size in near operator (Text Reference)
- clus_num_clusters setting (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- cluster
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
- availability checking (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- creating clusterware home (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- definition of (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- deinstallation (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- detection (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- hardware requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- installation (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- OPatch
-
- pre-requisites (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
- all node patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- minimum downtime patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- rolling patching (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- types (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- setup and pre-install config tasks (UNIX) (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- setup and pre-install config tasks (Windows) (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- software requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- system installation requirements (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- troubleshooting (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- updating nodes (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Cluster Bar charts (New Features Guide)
- Cluster Cache Coherency page, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- cluster cache coherency, RAC (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- cluster centroid (Data Mining Concepts)
- CLUSTER clause
-
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- of TRUNCATE (SQL Reference)
- cluster configuration (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- cluster configuration file (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Configuration Information screen
-
- Oracle Universal Installer (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- Cluster Configuration page
-
- Oracle Universal Installer (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- Cluster Configuration Storage page
-
- Oracle Universal Installer (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- cluster database
-
- installed configuration (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Database Home Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Database Instance page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Database Instance Performance page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Database Performance page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster file system (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
-
- archiving parameter settings (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- archiving scenario (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- database recovery area and (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- definition (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- overview (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- requirement for Oracle Real Application Clusters (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- restore (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- single-instance storage option for data files (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- storage in Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- storage option for data files (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster file system (CFS)
-
- broker configuration files (Data Guard Broker)
- cluster file system, storage option for data files (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CLUSTER hint (SQL Reference)
- Cluster Home page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Host Load Average chart
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster installation
-
- command line options (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- cluster interconnect
-
- Hyper Messaging protocol (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster interconnects (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Cluster Interconnects page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Interconnects page, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- cluster keys (Concepts)
- Cluster Managed Database Services Detail Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Managed Database Services Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Manager
-
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Manager (CSS)
-
- log files (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cluster name (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
-
- requirements for (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster nodes
-
- activating volume groups (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- importing raw device disk group (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
-
- on Solaris (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- private node names (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- public node names (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- specifying uids and gids (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- virtual node names (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster privileges
-
- verifying for OUI cluster installation (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- Cluster Ready Services (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- upgrading (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Ready Services (CRS) (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
- described (High Availability Best Practices)
- recovering service availability (High Availability Best Practices)
- Cluster Ready Services (CSS). See Oracle Clusterware
- Cluster Ready Services Control
-
- see CRSCTL
- Cluster Ready Services Control (CRSCTL)
-
- description of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- Cluster Synchronization Service (CSS) (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Cluster Synchronization Service Daemon (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Synchronization Service Daemon, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Synchronization Services (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Synchronization Services (CSS)
-
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- postinstallation (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- purpose (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- removing (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- Cluster Synchronization Services, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster systems
-
- and application system components (New Features Guide)
- and Oracle components (New Features Guide)
- high availability (New Features Guide)
- management (New Features Guide)
- cluster tables
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cluster tracing and diagnostics (New Features Guide)
- Cluster Verification Utility (New Features Guide)
-
- about (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- about, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cluster integrity verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- connectivity verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- DBCA database creation stage readiness check (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- hardware and operating system setup stage verification (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- help (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- installation requirements (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- installation verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- known issues (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- node comparisons and verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- nodelist shortcuts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware component verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Oracle Clusterware configuration check (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- overview (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- performing various tests with (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- see CVU
- shared storage area check (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- storage verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- syntax (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- system requirements verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- user and permissions verifications (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- user equivalency troubleshooting (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- using (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- using online help for (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- verbose mode (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- verifying readiness for database installation (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Cluster Verification Utility (CVU)
-
- description of (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE initialization parameter (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE parameter (Concepts)
- CLUSTER_DATABASE_INSTANCES initialization parameter (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_ENABLE parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CLUSTER_ID (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_ID function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- cluster_index_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS
-
- parameter (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS initialization parameter (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_INTERCONNECTS parameter (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- CLUSTER_NODES (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- CLUSTER_PROBABILITY (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_PROBABILITY function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CLUSTER_SET (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CLUSTER_SET function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- clustered computer systems
-
- Real Application Clusters (Concepts)
- clustered tables (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- clustering (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #8] (Data Mining Concepts)
- [entry #9] (Text Reference)
- [entry #10] (Text Reference)
-
- algorithms (Data Mining Concepts)
- KMEAN_CLUSTERING (Text Reference)
- k-means (Data Mining Concepts)
- model details (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- orthogonal partitioning (Data Mining Concepts)
- O-cluster (Data Mining Concepts)
- scoring (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- testing (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- text mining (Data Mining Concepts)
- types (Text Reference)
- CLUSTERING procedure (Text Reference)
- clustering types (Text Reference)
- clustering, see unsupervised classification
- clusters
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- allocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- altering (Administrator's Guide)
- analyzing (Administrator's Guide)
- assigning tables to (SQL Reference)
- caching retrieved blocks (SQL Reference)
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- cloning
-
- important considerations (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- cluster indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- cluster keys (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- clustered tables (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Administrator's Guide)
- collecting statistics on (SQL Reference)
- columns for cluster key (Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- deallocating extents (Administrator's Guide)
- deallocating unused extents (SQL Reference)
- definition (Concepts)
- degree of parallelism
-
- changing (SQL Reference)
- changing (SQL Reference)
- when creating (SQL Reference)
- dictionary locks and (Concepts)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping tables (SQL Reference)
- estimating space (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- extents, allocating (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Reference)
- guidelines for managing (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- hash (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- contrasted with index (Concepts)
- single-table (SQL Reference)
- sorted (SQL Reference)
- sorted (SQL Reference)
- hash and scans of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- index
-
- contrasted with hash (Concepts)
- indexed (SQL Reference)
- indexes on (Concepts)
-
- cannot be partitioned (Concepts)
- installation guidelines (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- key values
-
- allocating space for (SQL Reference)
- modifying space for (SQL Reference)
- keys (Concepts)
-
- affect indexing of nulls (Concepts)
- location (Administrator's Guide)
- management (High Availability Best Practices)
- migrated and chained rows in (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- overview of (Concepts)
- physical attributes
-
- changing (SQL Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- releasing unused space (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- rowids and (Concepts)
- scans of (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- See also Oracle Clusterware, Oracle Real Application Clusters
- selecting tables (Administrator's Guide)
- single-table hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- sorted hash (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- SQL examples (SQL Reference)
- storage attributes
-
- changing (SQL Reference)
- storage characteristics, changing (SQL Reference)
- storage parameters of (Concepts)
- tablespace in which created (SQL Reference)
- truncating (Administrator's Guide)
- validating structure (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- Clusterware
-
- installed before Oracle Database (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- clusterware (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
-
- cloning (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- creating home (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- de-install (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- installation (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- troubleshooting (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- clusterware diagnostics (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- clusterware file redundancy (New Features Guide)
- Clusterware, cloning gold images (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Clusterware. See Oracle Clusterware
- clusterwide outage
-
- restoring the standby database after (High Availability Best Practices)
- CMADMIN (Connection Manager Administration) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN DISPATCHERS parameter
- CMAN session pools
-
- and FAN (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- cman.ora file
-
- default values of parameters (Net Services Reference)
- example (Net Services Reference)
- parameters
-
- ACT (Net Services Reference)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ACTION_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ADDRESS (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- ASO_AUTHENTICATION_FILTER (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS (Net Services Reference)
- DST (Net Services Reference)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- EVENT_GROUP (Net Services Reference)
- IDLE_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- INBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- LOG_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_CMCTL_SESSIONS (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_CONNECTIONS (Net Services Reference)
- MAX_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference)
- MIN_GATEWAY_PROCESSES (Net Services Reference)
- OUTBOUND_CONNECT_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- PARAMETER_LIST (Net Services Reference)
- PASSWORD_instance_name (Net Services Reference)
- REMOTE_ADMIN (Net Services Reference)
- RULE (Net Services Reference)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RULE_LIST (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- SESSION_TIMEOUT (Net Services Reference)
- SRC (Net Services Reference)
- SRV (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_DIRECTORY (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILELEN (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_FILENO (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_LEVEL (Net Services Reference)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- TRACE_TIMESTAMP (Net Services Reference)
- setting up (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CMAN.ORA file, creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CMDLOAD
-
- library (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CMDLOAD data set
-
- description (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CMDLOAD library (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CMDSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CMGW (Connection Manager Gateway) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CNV_LIT_FMT (sidENV variable) (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COALESCE clause
-
- for partitions (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TABLESPACE (SQL Reference)
- COALESCE function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- as a variety of CASE expression (SQL Reference)
- COALESCE PARTITION clause (Administrator's Guide)
- COALESCE SUBPARTITION clause
-
- of ALTER TABLE (SQL Reference)
- coalesce_index_partition (SQL Quick Reference)
- coalesce_table_partition (SQL Quick Reference)
- coalescing an index (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- coalescing extents (Concepts)
- coalescing free space
-
- extents
-
- SMON process (Concepts)
- within data blocks (Concepts)
- coalescing indexes
-
- costs (Administrator's Guide)
- COBDIR environment variable (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- COBLIB environment variable (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- COBOL (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #8] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #9] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #10] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- copybook (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- copybook file parameter (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- data definition (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- data profile (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- data profile (example) (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- data type conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- datatype conversion supported by PG DD and TIPs (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- FILLER data type conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- format conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- JUSTIFIED (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- JUSTIFIED LEFT (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- JUSTIFIED RIGHT (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- lacks datatype for variable length data (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- messages (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- OCCURS clause (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- PGAU interpretation of COBOL symbols (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- PIC 9 data type conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- PIC G data type conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- PIC X data type conversion (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- RENAMES clause (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- required compiler for (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- support for double byte character sets, PIC G datatypes (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- supported version (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- SYNCHRONIZED (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- SYNCHRONIZED LEFT (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- SYNCHRONIZED RIGHT (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- version, parameter for data profile (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- COBOL compiler
-
- options (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- requirement (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- requirement on Solaris (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- COBOL compiler requirements for installation (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COBOL DYNAM option
-
- exceptions for COBOL applications (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- linking programs using (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- OCI functions with callbacks (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ORASTBX (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- Pro*COBOL DLL option (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- Pro*COBOL precompiler support (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COBOL versions supported (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL, See Pro*COBOL precompiler
- COBOL-74 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBOL-85 (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- COBSQL (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- CoCreateInstance
-
- creating an instance of the data source object (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- CODE
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- code
-
- data mapping (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- example programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- list of demonstration programs (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- native compilation (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- native compilation scenario (Java Developer's Guide)
- template (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- viewing the generated code (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- code chart
-
- displaying and printing (Globalization Support Guide)
- code example
-
- accessing the AM400_COM program (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- adding Access Manager library to your library list
-
- configuring, before using Access Manager commands (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- post installation of Access Manager (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- AM400_COM commands (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- an extract from an AS/400 C program that calls the Oracle stored procedure GETRESULTS (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- caching tables for performance, 64-bit feature (VLM) (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- changing password after product installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- command to check if requisite patches are installed (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- command to determine version of OpenVMS (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- command to run Oracle Universal Installer in silent or suppressed mode (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- command to run Oracle Universal Installer noninteractively (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- completing installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- connecting to the Oracle server with STRSQL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- creating the oraInst.loc file for noninteractive installation (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- DCL command to check disk format (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- DCL command to set up X Window environment (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- declaring procedures when calling an Oracle stored procedure (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- editing member TNSNAMES in the ORA file (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- for more information about other options for the runInstaller command (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- format a new disk using initialize command (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- getting a list of command line options when you run Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- image dump, command to turn off this feature (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- instance name of Oracle server (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- invalid commands for multiple connections to same RDB name (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- LODRUN command to start installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- member names, file name mapping (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- message issued if DB2/400 does not recognize a SQLSTATE (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- precision and scale values from SQL statements (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- preparing response files for noninteractive installation (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- reformat existing disk from ODS-2 to ODS-5 (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- relationship between Access Manager and AS/400 TCP/IP configuration (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- running Database Configuration Assistant in silent mode (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- running Oracle Network Configuration Assistant in silent mode (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- sample Access Manager C program (Appendix A) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- sample Access Manager COBOL program (Appendix A) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- sample Access Manager RPG program (Appendix A) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL0858, protected conversation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- starting a subsystem to enable two-phase commit processing (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- switching between servers using the DB2/400 SET CONNECTION command (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- text format conventions, examples of code input and output, Preface (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- using CHKSQLDFLT command to check default data type, precision, and scale values (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- verifying correct database instance before shutdown (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- code examples
-
- accessing AS/400 file members (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- accessing data through database links (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- bind variable restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- checking authority of QWTSETP program in QSYS library (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- commands to give authority to gateway ID (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONNECT TO user ID provides implicit qualification for unqualified tables (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- converting character string data types (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- copying data from DB2/400 to Oracle (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- copying data with SQL*Plus commands (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- date and time operations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- description of RMAN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- distributed query, SQL command one (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- distributed query, SQL command two (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- dropping database links (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- executing stored procedures (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- gateway appearance to application programs (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- INSERT statement
-
- from ASCII client, double-byte character support (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- with FORCE_SB option (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- interpreting gateway message formats (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- journaling (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- location (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- numeric data type operations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle bind variables, statement fragments not allowed (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- passthrough function (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- retrieving results sets through passthrough (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL expressions NOT supported for date arithmetic (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL*Plus command to check character set of an existing database (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- starting and stopping the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- streams code for simple table replication (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- to find primary authorization ID being used by gateway, using DB2/400 special registers (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- triggers for updating non-Oracle data (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- using the SQL*Plus COPY command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- code for examples (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- code fragments (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- CODE function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- code generation
-
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle-specific vs. ISO standard (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- translator -codegen option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- code generation, Java
-
- generation of Java interfaces (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of non-SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of SQLJ classes (JPublisher User's Guide)
- generation of toString() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- serializability of object wrappers (JPublisher User's Guide)
- subclasses for Java-to-Java transformations (JPublisher User's Guide)
- support for inheritance (JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of output parameters (JPublisher User's Guide)
- treatment of overloaded methods (JPublisher User's Guide)
- code generation, PL/SQL
-
- names of wrapper and dropper scripts (JPublisher User's Guide)
- related options (JPublisher User's Guide)
- specifying generation of wrapper functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- code groups
-
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL fields (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- ID, retrieving with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- retrieving value with DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL functions (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- code insight (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- code layers in profiles (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODE option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- CODE OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- code page (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- code page map facility
-
- for data translation (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- code point (Globalization Support Guide)
- CODE precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CODE procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- code samples
-
- Oracle Technology Network (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Technology Network, Preface (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- code tracing (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Code Wizard
-
- using (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard Components (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard data types (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard examples (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard for stored procedures (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Code Wizard for the PL/SQL Gateway sample application (interMedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- CODE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CODEBASE, parameter for APPLET tag (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- codecs (compression and decompression schemes) (interMedia User's Guide)
- coded character set identifier (CCSID) (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- codegen option (SQLJ -codegen) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- codepage map facility
-
- configuring support for character sets (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring support for character sets, known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- for data translation (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- supported by gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- codepoint semantics (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- codes, URL status (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CodeSource class (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- equals method (Java Developer's Guide)
- implies method (Java Developer's Guide)
- coding area
-
- for paragraph names (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding conventions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- coding guidelines
-
- reserved words (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- coercion
-
- of data (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- coercion of data, defined (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- coherency
-
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- COL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COL view (Reference)
- cold failover cluster
-
- definition (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Collaboration Suite
-
- administration for instances (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Application Server Control for (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Beacons and (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- collecting and using configuration data (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- configuring services (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- deployment (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- diagnosing problems (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Grid Control features for use with (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- monitoring and alerts (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- monitoring services (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- reports (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Root Cause Analysis (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- service topology (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- services (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- services dashboard (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- systems (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Collaboration Suite Service Home page, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Collaboration Suite Service Topology page, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- collating sequence (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collation
-
- customizing (Globalization Support Guide)
- COLLECT clause
-
- with BULK (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COLLECT function (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- COLLECT GET statement
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collectconfig (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- collected configurations for targets (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- collecting end-user client data (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- collecting optimizer statistics (Upgrade Guide)
- collecting Oracle statistics (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION APPEND statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION APPEND (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection attribute (SQL) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION DESCRIBE (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection directory (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- collection elements
-
- accessing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- modifying (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- collection exceptions
-
- when raised (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection frequency (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- collection functions (SQL Reference)
- COLLECTION GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION GET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection layers (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- collection methods
-
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- usage (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collection object types
-
- handling (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection operator
-
- and data objects (New Features Guide)
- collection privilege - CREATE IN
-
- configuration worksheet (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- collection privilege - CREATETAB
-
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- collection privilege - CREATETAB, DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COLLECTION RESET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION RESET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COLLECTION SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION SET (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Collection Showcase (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- COLLECTION TRIM statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- SQL statements
-
- COLLECTION TRIM (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- collection types (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- multilevel (SQL Reference)
- output (JPublisher User's Guide)
- representing in Java (JPublisher User's Guide)
- retrieving from the database (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- structs for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- VARRAY (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- COLLECTION_IS_NULL exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- collections
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Utilities)
-
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- adding members (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- allowed subscript ranges (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- and C (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- applying methods to parameters (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- assigning (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- associative arrays versus nested tables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- autonomous access (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- avoiding exceptions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- bulk binding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- choosing the type to use (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- clearing session state (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- comparing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constructing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructors (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- creating collection types (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- data manipulation functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- datatypes
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining types (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- DELETE method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- deleting members (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- describing (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- description (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- descriptors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- determining status (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- DML on (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- DML on multilevel (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- element access (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- element types (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXISTS method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- EXTEND method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- FIRST method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- functions for manipulating (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- fundamentals (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- HTMLDB_COLLECTION API (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- in out-of-line tables (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Concepts)
-
- key compression (Concepts)
- initializing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting rows into (SQL Reference)
- introduction to collection support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- LAST method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- LIMIT method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- loading (Utilities)
- loading and retrieving large documents (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- managing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- materialized views (Advanced Replication)
-
- restrictions (Advanced Replication)
- merging (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- methods (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- modifying (SQL Reference)
- modifying retrieval method (SQL Reference)
- multi level (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- multilevel (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
- constructing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating with REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object views containing (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- naming (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- NEXT method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- OBJECT GET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- OBJECT SET statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- operators to transform nested tables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- ORAData specifications (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- OraFields (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- ordered group of elements (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PRIOR method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- querying (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- referencing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing elements (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- scanning functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- scope (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- See also varrays, nested tables
- specifying type mapping (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- substitutable elements (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- substituting in (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- supported datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- table items (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- testing for empty (SQL Reference)
- testing for null (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- treating as a table (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- TRIM method (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- truncating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- types in PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- understanding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- unnesting (SQL Reference)
-
- examples (SQL Reference)
- updating members (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- using object types with (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- variable arrays (VARRAYs) (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- VARRAYs (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- varrays (SQL Reference)
- varrays versus nested tables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- weak types, restrictions (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weak types, support (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- working with (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- collections (nested tables and arrays) (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- collections data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- collections file (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- CollectionType property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- collection-typed values
-
- converting to datatypes (SQL Reference)
- COLLID column (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- collocated inline views
-
- tuning distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- COLOCATED_REFERENCE_FEATURES procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- colocation mining (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- colon
-
- use of with host variables (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- colons (:)
-
- bind variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- color visual attribute (interMedia User's Guide)
-
- location visual attribute (interMedia User's Guide)
- specified with location (interMedia User's Guide)
- colorFrequenciesList internal helper type (interMedia Reference)
- colormap
-
- alpha (opacity) value (Spatial GeoRaster)
- getting (Spatial GeoRaster)
- getting table (Spatial GeoRaster)
- pseudocolor information (Spatial GeoRaster)
- SDO_GEOR_COLORMAP object type (Spatial GeoRaster)
- colorPositions internal helper type (interMedia Reference)
- colorsList internal helper type (interMedia Reference)
- COLS synonym for USER_TAB_COLUMNS view (Reference)
- COLSEP variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column
-
- adding (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- create lookup table (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- date columns function (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- date columns, TO_DATE function (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- dropping (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- modifying (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Oracle ROWID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- renaming (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- supported in a result set (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- viewing data (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- column aliases
-
- expression values in a cursor loop (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when needed (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- column array rows
-
- specifying number of (Utilities)
- COLUMN command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- ALIAS clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and BREAK command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and DEFINE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CLEAR clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DEFAULT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying column values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering multiple (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ENTMAP clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_AFTER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FOLD_BEFORE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FORMAT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- HEADSEP character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- JUSTIFY clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LIKE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEW_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NEWLINE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NOPRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- NULL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OFF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OLD_VALUE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- PRINT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting a column to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storing current date in variable for titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing column display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TRUNCATED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WORD_WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WRAPPED clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column data
-
- special characters in (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- column data types (Data Mining Concepts)
- column definition
-
- editing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- column definitions (types/sizes)
-
- general information (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SQLJ -optcols option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- column encryption (Administrator's Guide)
- Column Group End Column (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- Column Group Header (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- Column Group Start Column (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column headings
-
- aligning (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing character used to underline (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing to two or more words (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying on more than one line (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- suppressing printing in a report (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for CHAR and LONG columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for DATE columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- when truncated for NUMBER columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column list
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- in INSERT statements (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when permissible to omit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column masking behavior (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- column masking behavior restrictions (Security Guide)
- column masking behavior, VPD (Security Guide)
- column masking behavior, VPD, Preface (Security Guide)
- column masking for VPD (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- column name
-
- restrictions on spatial column names (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- column objects
-
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- conflict resolution
-
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- direct path loading of (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- loading (Utilities)
-
- with user-defined constructors (Utilities)
- materialized views
-
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- versus row objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- column order
-
- indexes (Performance Tuning Guide)
- column parameter
-
- Database Character Set Scanner (Globalization Support Guide)
- column REF constraints (SQL Reference)
-
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- column separator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- column sequences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
-
- deployment templates (Advanced Replication)
- materialized views
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
-
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined conflict resolution methods (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- Column Templates (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- column type attribute, PL/SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- column types
-
- defining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- redefining (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- column, ROWLABEL (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- column_association (SQL Quick Reference)
- column_clauses (SQL Quick Reference)
- column_definition (SQL Quick Reference)
- COLUMN_NAME (in USER_SDO_GEOM_METADATA) (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMN_NAME column (in USER_SDO_GEOR_SYSDATA view) (Spatial GeoRaster)
- COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COLUMN_PRIVILEGES view, description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- column_properties (SQL Quick Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE keyword (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COLUMN_VALUE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE pseudocolumn (SQL Reference)
- COLUMN_VALUE_LONG function (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- COLUMN_VALUE_LONG procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COLUMNARRAYROWS parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- columnBlockNumber attribute of SDO_RASTER (Spatial GeoRaster)
- columnProps attribute (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- columns
-
- accessing in triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- adding (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- adding to master tables (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- aliases for (SQL Reference)
- altering storage (SQL Reference)
- assigning aliases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- associating statistics with (SQL Reference)
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- basing an index on (SQL Reference)
- cardinality (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- character (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- character semantics (Advanced Replication)
- collecting statistics on (SQL Reference)
- COLLID (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- adding members to (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dropping (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ensuring data integrity with multiple (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- removing members from (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- comments on (SQL Reference)
- computing summary lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying values between tables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating comments about (SQL Reference)
- date (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DB2 DATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DECIMAL (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- decrypting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- default values (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- default values for (Concepts)
- default width in reports (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- described (Concepts)
- displaying information about (Administrator's Guide)
- displaying values in bottom titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- displaying values in top titles (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping from a table (SQL Reference)
- encrypting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- exporting LONG datatypes (Utilities)
- formatting CHAR, VARCHAR, LONG, and DATE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting in reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting MLSLABEL, RAW MLSLABEL, ROWLABEL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- formatting NUMBER (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- generating derived values with triggers (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- getting value from a report column (OLAP DML Reference)
- granting privileges for selected (Security Guide)
- granting privileges on (Security Guide)
- headings in a report (OLAP DML Reference)
- hidden (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- IBM DATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- in reports (OLAP DML Reference)
- increasing length (Administrator's Guide)
- indexes on column objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- INSERT privilege and (Security Guide)
- INTEGER (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- integrity constraints (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- [subentry #4] (Concepts)
- listing display attributes for all (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing display attributes for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing in an UPDATE trigger (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- listing users granted to (Security Guide)
- loading REF columns (Utilities)
- LOB
-
- storage attributes (SQL Reference)
- LONG (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- maximum in concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- maximum in view or table (Concepts)
- maximum number of (SQL Reference)
- metadata (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- modifying definition (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying existing (SQL Reference)
- multiline text (OLAP DML Reference)
- multiple foreign key constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- names in destination table when copying (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- nested (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- data types (Data Mining Concepts)
- nested tables (Concepts)
- number of CHECK constraints limit (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- NUMERIC (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- objects
-
- loading nested column objects (Utilities)
- stream record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- variable record format (Utilities)
- Oracle DATE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- Oracle ROWID (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- order of (Concepts)
- PACKED (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- parent-child relationships between (SQL Reference)
- printing line after values that overflow (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- privileges (Security Guide)
- prohibiting nulls in (Concepts)
- properties, altering (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- pseudocolumns
-
- ROWID (Concepts)
- USER (Security Guide)
- qualifying in queries (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- qualifying names in queries (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- qualifying names of (SQL Reference)
- RAW (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- REF
-
- describing (SQL Reference)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- reordering before Import (Utilities)
- resetting a column to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- resetting all columns to default display (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restoring display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- restricting values for (SQL Reference)
- revoking privileges on (Security Guide)
- ROUTINE_NAME (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ROUTINE_SCHEMA (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ROWID (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- setting printing to off or on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting to a constant value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to a unique sequence number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to an expression value with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to null with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the current date with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- setting to the datafile record number with SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- SMALLINT (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- specifying
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as PIECED
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- specifying as primary key (SQL Reference)
- specifying constraints on (SQL Reference)
- specifying default values (SQL Reference)
- specifying length in bytes or characters (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- starting new lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- storage properties (SQL Reference)
- storing values in variables (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- substitutable, identifying type (SQL Reference)
- suppressing display attributes (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- to index (Performance Tuning Guide)
- truncating display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- truncating display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- wrapping display for all when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping display for one when value overflows (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- wrapping whole words for one (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COLUMNS clause
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- of ASSOCIATE STATISTICS (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- columns types
-
- supported for CTXCAT index (Text Reference)
- supported for CTXRULE index (Text Reference)
- supported for CTXXPATH index (Text Reference)
- supported for indexing (Text Reference)
- column-level VPD (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
-
- adding policies for (Security Guide)
- column masking behavior (Security Guide)
- column masking restrictions (Security Guide)
- does not apply to synonyms (Security Guide)
- new features, Preface (Security Guide)
- COLVAL function (OLAP DML Reference)
- COLWIDTH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- COM automation
-
- invoking (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL errors (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- COM Automation Objects (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- COM objects
-
- program ID (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- properties and methods (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- required information (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- viewing (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- com81.dll (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- comma, number format (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMA_TO_TABLE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- command
-
- COMMIT (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY SUBSYSTEM (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- IDCAMS
-
- DELETE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- OSDI
-
- ALTER (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER SERVICE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER SERVICE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER SERVICEGROUP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ALTER SERVICEGROUP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICEGROUP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICEGROUP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DEFINE SERVICEGROUP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY LONG (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY LONG (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DRAIN (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DRAIN (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DRAIN (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DRAIN (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- keyword abbreviations (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- keyword abbreviations (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- list of commands (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- list of commands (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- RESUME (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- RESUME (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- RESUME (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- RESUME (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI ADD (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW SERVICE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW SERVICE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW SERVICEGROUP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW SERVICEGROUP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- table of command verbs (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- RMAN ALLOCATE CHANNEL (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ROLLBACK (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SET (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- SQL
-
- ALTER SESSION (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- start (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- START SUBSYSTEM (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STARTUP MOUNT (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SYNCPOINT (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- z/OS System
-
- DISPLAY SESSION (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DISPLAY VERSION (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- DUMP SESSION (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- KILL SESSION (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- LOGSWITCH (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- MODIFY (F) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- MODIFY (F) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- MODIFY (F) (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- MODIFY (or F) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- REFRESH FPS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI ACTIVATE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI ADD (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI ADD (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI ADD (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI DEACTIVATE (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (P) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (P) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- STOP (P) (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- command attribute (Text Reference)
- command files
-
- aborting and exiting with a return code (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with a system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating with SAVE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in @ ("at" sign) command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in EDIT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in GET command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SAVE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in START command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including comments in (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one PL/SQL block (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including more than one SQL command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- nesting (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- opening (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- passing parameters to (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- registering (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- retrieving (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running a series in sequence (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running as you start SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- running in batch mode (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- uniform resource locator (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMAND function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- command interface
-
- RMAN (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- command keys, SQL*Plus Windows GUI (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command line
-
- arguments for RMAN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- command line (translator)
-
- echoing without executing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- syntax and arguments (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- command line arguments (Universal Installer and OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX)
- Command Line Interface (EMCLI)
-
- blackouts and (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Management Plug-in Archive (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- command line options
-
- for Database Upgrade Assistant (Upgrade Guide)
- command line utilities
-
- Enterprise Security Manager (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
- command line, precompiling from (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- command prompt
-
- SET SQLPROMPT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command prompts
-
- suppressing from DGMGRL command-line interface output (Data Guard Broker)
- Command Rule Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Command Rule Configuration Issues Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command rules
-
- about (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- audit event, custom (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- creating (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- default command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- deleting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing behavior (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- editing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- example (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- functions
-
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM (configuration) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- DVSYS.DBMS_MACUTL (utility) (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- guidelines (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- how command rules work (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- objects
-
- name (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- owner (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- performance effect (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- process flow (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- reports (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- rule sets
-
- how different from command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- selecting (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- used with (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- See also rule sets
- troubleshooting
-
- general diagnostic advice (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- with auditing report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- views (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- command termination
-
- in SQL Command Processor (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- COMMAND_REPLIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CommandBehavior.SequentialAccess (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- commands
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #16] (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- activation groups, CRTSQLxxx (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ADDLIBLE, before using any Access Manager configuration utilities (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- AGW ADD USERID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- AGW DELETE USERID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- ALTER DATABASE ARCHIVELOG (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- AM400_COM program
-
- main topic (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- AM400_COM program, description and code example
-
- ADD (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- FORCE (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- LIST (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- MODIFY (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- QUERY (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- REMOVE (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SET (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SHUTDOWN (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- STARTUP (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- STATUS (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ARCHIVE LOG LIST (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CANCEL THREAD (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CFGTCP, troubleshooting TCP/IP configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHECKSUM
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- advanced security (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- supported by Oracle Net (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CHG2PCPRM
-
- before accessing Change RID Privileged IDs - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- changing AM400_RID options (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGGTWDBG
-
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORANET
-
- assigning port number (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- trace files (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORANET, changing parameter values in ORA(SQLNET) (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORAPJE
-
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGORATUN
-
- changing BLOCKSIZE (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- data conversion (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- gateway configuration (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- language specification (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGRECOPRF
-
- caution to synchronize recovery password (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- caution to synchronize recovery password (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDFLT, changing two-phase commit parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGUSRPRF
-
- changing default password (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHKSQLDFLT, known problems, checking default data type precision and scale values (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- chmod (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #15] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #16] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #17] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #18] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #19] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #20] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #21] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #22] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #23] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #24] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #25] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #26] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #27] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #28] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #29] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #30] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #31] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- chown (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #18] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #19] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- CLRPFM FILE, clearing LOG file LISTENER member (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- collecting timing statistics on (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT
-
- ending a unit of work (SQL commands) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle required privileges (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- prepare phase of two-phase commit transaction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- when AS/400 receives a prepared to commit message (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COMMIT HOLD, known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- configCCR (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- CONNECT INTERNAL (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- COPY
-
- general restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- known restriction for INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- note regarding limitations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle Database server to DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SQL*Plus command (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL*Plus command (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- copying text (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE COLLECTION, setting Instance Name parameter during gateway installation (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE DATABASE (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CREATE DATABASE LINK (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, automatically and asynchronously copy DB2/400 server data (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW, copying DB2/400 server data (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE TABLE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE TABLE, copying DB2/400 server data (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE TABLE, job log message, ORA-00901 (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTLF, accessing OS/400 file members (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORADDB
-
- command description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAGTWI, purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAPKG command, failure due to severity level (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTSQLxxx
-
- calling and running Access Manager (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- known restriction with RDBCNNMTH parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTUSRPRF, message queue created in QUSRSYS library (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DB2/400
-
- CONNECT TO, STRSQL to connect to the Oracle server (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SET CONNECTION, switching between multiple servers (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- disabled in schema (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- DROP TABLESPACE (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- DSPJOBLOG, verifying installation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DSPLIND, displaying line description parameters (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DSPPGM, verifying installation and version of gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- dupatch (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- echo on screen (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- EDTF, defining TNSNAMES entry (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- emca (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- emCCR automatic_update on / off (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR collect (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR config (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR disable_target (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR getupdates (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR help (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR hold (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR register (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR resume (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR set collection_interval (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR start (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR status (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR stop (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR upload (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR -annotation="annotation string" collect (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR -register test (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- emCCR -verbose test (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- ENDSBS, starting and stopping the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- env (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- examples of codes and commands
-
- see code examples (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- EXECUTE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- EXECUTE, using Oracle stored procedures (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- executing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- EXPLAIN PLAN (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- fdisk (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- finding text (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- for managing database files (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- getconf (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- GO CMDORAAM, displays Access Manager commands menu (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- GRANT, granting privileges to AM400_RID program (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- groupadd (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- gsdctl (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- host, running from SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- IBM
-
- CALL, redirecting a procedure with Oracle SQL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTSQL, RDB parameter and connection management (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- id (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- not supported (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- INSERT, copying data from DB2/400 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- INSERT, known restriction (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- insmod (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- instfix (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- iostat (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- isainfo (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- JOIN, accessing tables in multiple databases (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- lanscan
-
- on HP-UX (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- on Solaris (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- limit (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LODRUN, starting the installation process (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- lsdev (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- lsps (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- menu, Access Manager Commands Menu (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- menu, use GO CMDORAAM to display Access Manager commands menu (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- mkdir (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #18] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- more (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- MPM
-
- DISPLAY EXIT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- gateway operation (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- NET START (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- Oracle Access Manager
-
- ADDLIBLE (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CALL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CALL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHG2PCPRM (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDBG (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDFLT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDFLT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CHGSQLDFLT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COMMIT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAPKG (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAPKG (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAPKG (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTSQLxxx (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DESCRIBE TABLE (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DISCONNECT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- main topic (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purposes of commands (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- RELEASE ALL (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ROLLBACK (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SELECT (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ORAMON
-
- gateway architecture (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- starting the Oracle Gateway Monitor (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- orapwd (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- parameters (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- passwd (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- pasting text (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- patchadd (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- PING, verifying host name (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- preparing (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- ps (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- raw (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- REGEDT (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- REGEDT32 (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- RELEASE, connection management (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- restartproc (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- re-enabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ROLLBACK
-
- ending a unit of work (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- if one site is not prepared to commit (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle required privileges (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- rpm (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- runInstaller
-
- starting Client (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- starting database (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- RUNSQLSTM, required for cloning an instance (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- sar (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- SBMJOB, removing IBM observability (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- scdidadm (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- service (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- setld (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- SETPROG (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SETSSI (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SHOW SYSTEM
-
- operating system information (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- sizer (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- SMF
-
- SETSMF (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- smit (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- spaces (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SPOOL (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- SQL
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- editing with system editor (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering without executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- executing current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- following syntax (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing current in buffer (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- saving current (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- setting character used to end and run (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL*Net
-
- ADDRDBDIRE, adding an entry in the RDB directory (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- ADDRDBDIRE, defines IBM DRDA connection (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- WRKMBRPDM, editing member TNSNAMES in the ORA file (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL*Plus
-
- command summary (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuing on additional lines (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COPY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COPY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COPY (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COPY, DB2/400 Server to Oracle server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COPY, limitation when copying to the DB2/400 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COPY, Oracle server to DB2/400 Server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- DELETE (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ending (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering and executing (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering during SQL command entry (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- INSERT, not supported to copy tables from Oracle server to gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- obsolete command alternatives (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL, creating database links using Oracle Net (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- startproc (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- stopping while running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- stopproc (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- STRORALSN, starting TCP/IP listener manually (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- STRSBS, enabling two-phase commit processing (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- STRSBS, OS/400 command to start gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- STRSQL, activation groups (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- summary of gateway commands (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- svcadm (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- swap (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- swapinfo (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- swapon (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- swlist (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- sysconfig (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- sysctl (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- table of commands to stop processes running in Oracle home (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- tabs (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- types of (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ulimit (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- umask (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- unset (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- unsetenv (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- useradd (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- usermod (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- variables that affect running (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- vmo (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- vmstat (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- WRKTRCLOG, make sure instance library is in library list before using this command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- xhost (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- xterm (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- z/OS
-
- DUMP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SLIP (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- -f (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- commands, Recovery Manager
-
- @ (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- @@ (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- ALLOCATE CHANNEL FOR MAINTENANCE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- archivelogRecordSpecifier clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- BACKUP (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- PROXY ONLY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- PROXY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SKIP OFFLINE option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- BACKUP CURRENT CONTROLFILE (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- batch execution (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- BLOCKRECOVER (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CHANGE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CONFIGURE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CONNECT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- connectStringSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CROSSCHECK (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DELETE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DELETE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- deprecated (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DROP CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DROP DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- DUPLICATE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- EXECUTE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- EXIT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- fileNameConversionSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- FLASHBACK (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- HOST (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- how RMAN interprets (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- interactive (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- LIST (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- listObjList clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- piping (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- PRINT SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- QUIT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- recordSpec (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RECOVER (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REGISTER (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RELEASE CHANNEL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REPLACE SCRIPT (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- REPORT (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- NEED BACKUP option (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- RESET DATABASE
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- INCARNATION option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RESTORE (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- RESYNC CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- FROM CONTROLFILECOPY option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RUN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SEND (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SET
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- MAXCORRUPT option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SHOW (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SHUTDOWN (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SPOOL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SQL (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- standalone (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- STARTUP (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- summary (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- SWITCH (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- terminating (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- TRANSPORT TABLESPACE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- UNREGISTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- untilClause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- UPGRADE CATALOG (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- VALIDATE (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- commands, SQL
-
- ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- commands, SQL*Plus
-
- RECOVER
-
- UNTIL TIME option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- SET (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- command-line
-
- configuring globalization support (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- installing help (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line interface
-
- broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- changing face and size (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Euro sign (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- oraxml (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- See Data Guard command-line interface (DGMGRL)
- special character (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Windows Character Map utility (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- command-line option value lists (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- case-sensitive characters in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- specifying an option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- whitespace used in (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- command-line options see options
- command-line SQL*Plus (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- command-line syntax (JPublisher User's Guide)
- COMMAS option (OLAP DML Reference)
- comment (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMENT ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- COMMENT clause
-
- of COMMIT (SQL Reference)
- of COMMIT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using with transactions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMENT clause, of COMMIT command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMENT function
-
- of HTF package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT procedure
-
- of HTP package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMENT statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- comment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_COLUMN_GROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_DELETE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_MVIEW_REPSITES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_REPSITES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_SITE_PRIORITY procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UNIQUE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMENT_ON_UPDATE_RESOLUTION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CommentRef Interface
-
- CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Dom package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CommentRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Comments
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- restrictions in PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- comments
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- adding to objects (SQL Reference)
- ANSI (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI SQL-style (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- ANSI-style (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- associating with a transaction (SQL Reference)
- comments field
-
- updating in views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- C-style (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Upgrade Guide)
- dropping from objects (SQL Reference)
- embedded SQL statements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in embedded SQL (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- in Export and Import parameter files (Utilities)
- in PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQL statements (SQL Reference)
- including in command files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- including in scripts (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- not allowed in a configuration file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- on indextypes (SQL Reference)
- on operators (SQL Reference)
- on schema objects (SQL Reference)
- on table columns (SQL Reference)
- on tables (SQL Reference)
- PL/I-style (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- removing from the data dictionary (SQL Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying (SQL Reference)
- SQL-style (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- updating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- using /*...*/to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using REMARK to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- using -- to create (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- viewing (SQL Reference)
- which allowed (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with external tables (Utilities)
- [subentry #2] (Utilities)
- Comments attribute (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- comments in configuration files (Net Services Reference)
- comments in dynamic PL/SQL blocks (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- comments in programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- comments in RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- COMMIT (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- choosing for CICS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- command (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- restrictions (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [subentry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- commit (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- all operations in JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- asynchronous (SQL Reference)
- automatic (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- automatic vs. manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- effect on iterators and result sets (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- function of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- in object applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- manual (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- modifying auto-commit in existing connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- one-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- specifying auto-commit in new connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- transaction (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- two-phase for global transactions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- commit a distributed transaction branch (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- commit changes to database (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMMIT command
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #6] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- commitment control resource (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Upgrade Guide)
- ending a transaction (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ending a unit of work (SQL commands) (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- examples (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle required privileges (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- prepare phase of two-phase commit transaction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- user responsibility (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- when AS/400 receives a prepared to commit message (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COMMIT comment
-
- deprecation of (Concepts)
- COMMIT COMMENT statement
-
- used with distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- commit confirm protocol (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- COMMIT HOLD command, known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COMMIT IN PROCEDURE clause
-
- of ALTER SESSION (SQL Reference)
- COMMIT parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- commit phase (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
-
- in two-phase commit (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- commit phase, defined (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Commit point site (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- commit point site (Administrator's Guide)
-
- commit point strength (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- determining (Administrator's Guide)
- distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- how the database determines (Administrator's Guide)
- commit point site, defined (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- commit point site, in distributed transactions (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- commit point strength
-
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- COMMIT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT processing (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- COMMIT SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMMIT statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Concepts)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #10] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #11] (SQL Reference)
-
- effect of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- ending a transaction (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- FORCE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- forcing (Administrator's Guide)
- implied by DDL (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- managing redo behavior (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RELEASE option (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- RELEASE option in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- two-phase commit (Concepts)
- two-phase commit and (Administrator's Guide)
- using in a PL/SQL block (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using PL/SQL block (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- where to place (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COMMIT statement, connection management (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #6] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #7] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #8] (SQL Reference)
-
- in Real Application Clusters (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- troubleshooting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMMIT TO SWITCHOVER TO PRIMARY clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- commit transactions
-
- changes to XML data (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- COMMIT_COMMENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT_CONFIRM (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #6] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #8] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- and PGA_CAPABILITY parameter (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- capability (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- COMMIT_FORCE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COMMIT_POINT_STRENGTH setting (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- commit_switchover_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
- COMMIT_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- COMMIT_WORK procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- COMMIT_WRITE initialization parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- COMMIT/ROLLBACK (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- Oracle Access Manager for CICS (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CommitDDL procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- commiting, transactions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- commitment control
-
- considerations for using stored procedures with DB2/400 (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- journaling default setting (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- commitment control resource (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CommitResolve procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- committed data
-
- instance failure (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- committing
-
- transactions (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- committing a transaction (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- committing transactions
-
- commit point site for distributed transactions (Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- fast commit (Concepts)
- group commits (Concepts)
- implementation (Concepts)
- CommitTrans method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- commit-confirm (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- application design requirements (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- architecture (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- components (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- components (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- interactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- interactions (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- components (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- configuring (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- gateway initialization parameters (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- gateway initialization parameters (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- OLTP (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- logic flow (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- step by step (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- step by step (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Global Transaction ID (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- purpose (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- relation to two-phase commit (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- required components
-
- OLTP commit-confirm transaction log (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP commit-confirm transaction log (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- OLTP forget/recovery transaction (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP forget/recovery transaction (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- OLTP transaction logging code (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- OLTP transaction logging code (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle logging server (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Oracle logging server (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- sample applications (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- supported OLTPs (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- transaction log (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- commit-confirm transactions (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- commit-time ordering
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- Common Configurations
-
- overview (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- common configurations
-
- deploying a remote management repository (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- deploying Grid Control on a single host (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- firewalls and other security considerations (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- high availability configurations (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- managing multiple hosts (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- using multiple Management Services (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Common Criteria (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- common environment
-
- setting (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- common joins (Data Warehousing Guide)
- Common Language Runtime (CLR) (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- stored procedure integration (New Features Guide)
- COMMON NAME option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Common Object Request Broker API, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- Common Oracle Runtime Environment, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- common platform for examples (Security Guide)
- Common Sort mapping function (New Features Guide)
- Common Territory mapping function (New Features Guide)
- Common Time Zone mapping function (New Features Guide)
- communicating over a network (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- communication
-
- between databases in a Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- between mainframe and Oracle Integrating Server
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- between mainframe and Oracle integrating server
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- between server, gateway and remote host (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- communication between tiers, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Communication Database (CDB) tables, DDF (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- communication over a network (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- communication protocols
-
- verifying settings for (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- communications
-
- between server, gateway and remote host (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- between server, gateway, and remote host (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- needed for HP-UX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- needed for Solaris (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- needed for Windows (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- communications requirements (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Communications Server
-
- configuring server profiles (on AIX) (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- creating profiles (on AIX) (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- COMMUNITY networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- COMP_CHARSET precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- COMP_READ function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- COMP_WRITE function (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- comp5 (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- COMPACCESS privilege (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- Compact option for shrinking a table (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- compacting sparse files (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- companionCD.db.rsp response file (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- companionCD.midtier.rsp response file (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #13] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #14] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- COMPARE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- COMPARE Functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Compare Monitoring Template feature (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Compare Targets, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- COMPARE_OLD_VALUES procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- COMPARE_TEMPLATES function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CompareBoundaryPoints() (XML C++ API Reference)
- comparing
-
- all or part of two LOBs
-
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- all or parts of two BFILEs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- dates (OLAP DML Reference)
- tables (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- values (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- comparing configurations (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- comparison conditions (SQL Reference)
- comparison functions
-
- MAP (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- ORDER (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- comparison methods (Concepts)
- Comparison operators (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- comparison operators (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- comparison semantics
-
- of character strings (SQL Reference)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_FIRST
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_ASCENDING_NULLS_LAST
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_DESCENDING_NULLS_LAST
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_REMOVE
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- COMPARISON_RULE_SELECT
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- comparisons
-
- collections (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- methods (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of character values (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of expressions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- of null collections (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- operators (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- with NULLs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compartments
-
- definition (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- example (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- setting authorizations (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compat(ibility) option (Oracle customizer) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compatibility
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- and Real Application Clusters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- applications (Upgrade Guide)
- automatic segment-space managed tablespaces (Upgrade Guide)
- backward, for JPublisher (JPublisher User's Guide)
- checking for incompatibilities (Upgrade Guide)
- client operating system and application character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- compatibility level (Upgrade Guide)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter (Upgrade Guide)
- datafiles (Upgrade Guide)
- datatypes (Upgrade Guide)
- dictionary managed tablespaces (Upgrade Guide)
- downgrading (Upgrade Guide)
- initialization parameters (Upgrade Guide)
- migrating queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- MIP and beta version MIP (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- nonpersistent queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- object types (Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle Managed Files (Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle OLAP (Upgrade Guide)
- Oracle8i compatibility mode (JPublisher User's Guide)
- Oracle9i compatibility mode (JPublisher User's Guide)
- recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- Recovery Manager (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- replication (Upgrade Guide)
- security (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- STARTUP (Upgrade Guide)
- tablespaces (Upgrade Guide)
- user-defined datatypes (Upgrade Guide)
- with ANSI standard compilers (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- COMPATIBILITY database initialization parameter
-
- requirement if upgrading (Spatial GeoRaster)
- compatibility issues
-
- Oracle product dependencies (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- COMPATIBILITY variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBLE initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #5] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #6] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #7] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Upgrade Guide)
-
- checking (Upgrade Guide)
- database structures (Upgrade Guide)
- effect on directory location for archived redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements for setting (Data Guard Broker)
- setting (Upgrade Guide)
- setting for a rolling upgrade (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- when to set (Upgrade Guide)
- compatible option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compatible option (JPublisher -compatible) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPATIBLE parameter (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- compatible SQL functions (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- compatible SQL functions, defined (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- compatible SQL set operators and clauses (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- COMPATIBLE_10_1 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- COMPATIBLE_10_2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPATIBLE_9_2 function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- compensated SQL functions (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- compensated SQL functions, defined (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- compilable objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- compilation
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- and execution of RMAN commands (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- compiling in two passes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- debug option in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- of object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- compilation errors (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPILE clause
-
- of ALTER DIMENSION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER FUNCTION (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER JAVA SOURCE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PACKAGE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER PROCEDURE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TRIGGER (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER TYPE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER VIEW (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE JAVA (SQL Reference)
- COMPILE command (OLAP DML Reference)
- compile option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compile option (sqlj -compile) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- COMPILE parameter
-
- Import utility (Utilities)
- compile() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMPILE_FROM_REMOTE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPILE_SCHEMA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- compile_type_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- compiled PL/SQL
-
- advantages of (Concepts)
- procedures (Concepts)
- pseudocode (Concepts)
- shared pool (Concepts)
- triggers (Concepts)
- COMPILEMESSAGE option (OLAP DML Reference)
- compiler
-
- classpath option (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option support for javac (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- required behavior (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirement (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- requirement on Solaris (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- specifying name (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler encoding support option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler executable option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Compiler Interface
-
- compile() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- getCompilerId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
- getLength() (XML C++ API Reference)
- getTransformerId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setBinXsl() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setSAXHandler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- setXSL() (XML C++ API Reference)
- transform() (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package (XML C++ API Reference)
- Compiler interface
-
- Xsl package (XML C++ API Reference)
- compiler message output pipe option (sqlj) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler options (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- compiler output file option (sqlj -compiler...) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiler parameter settings
-
- ALL_PLSQL_OBJECT_SETTINGS view (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compiler parameters
-
- and REUSE SETTINGS clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- compiler switches
-
- dropping and preserving (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- compiler, lexical (Text Reference)
- compiler, specifying version (JPublisher User's Guide)
- compiler_parameters_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- compilers
-
- GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- primary (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- supported (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- compilers, IBM
-
- options (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- compiler-executable option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- COMPILESCHEMA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPILEWARN option (OLAP DML Reference)
- compile-time errors (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- compiling (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #7] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
-
- aggmaps (OLAP DML Reference)
- aggregation specifications (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- error messages (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- function (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- with debug (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- models (OLAP DML Reference)
- OCI applications (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- OCI with Oracle XA (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- options (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL procedures for native execution (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- procedure (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- with debug (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- programs (OLAP DML Reference)
- run time (Java Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- specifying include file locations (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- SQL statements (OLAP DML Reference)
- suppressing error messages (OLAP DML Reference)
- view (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- XA Library (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- compiling a TIP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- compiling and linking
-
- about (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- compiling PL/SQL procedures to native code (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- compiling programs
-
- OCCI programs to Run in Batch and TSO Environments (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- overview (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- sample commands for shell (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- compiling the MIP (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- compiling with programmatic interfaces (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- complementary technologies (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- COMPLETE clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complete failover (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- reinstating disabled databases (Data Guard Broker)
- complete recovery
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
-
- definition (Concepts)
- procedures (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- complete refresh (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complete site failover
-
- recovery time objective (RTO) (High Availability Best Practices)
- completedTimeSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- completing installation process, running root.sh (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- completion
-
- SQL Developer preferences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- completion insight (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- completion messages
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- complex data objects (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- complex environments
-
- administration difficulties (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- complex examples
-
- queries (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- complex materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- value for PCTFREE (Advanced Replication)
- value for PCTUSED (Advanced Replication)
- complex object retrieval
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- complex object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- depth level (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- implementing (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- navigational prefetching (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- overview (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- prefetch limit (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- root object (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) descriptor (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex object retrieval (COR) handle (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- attributes (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Complex Object Retrieval Capability (COR) in OCI (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- complex objects (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- prefetching (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- retrieving (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- complex path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
- checking (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- complex queries
-
- snowflake schemas (Data Warehousing Guide)
- complex rule conditions (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- Complex Separator (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- complexType
-
- cycling between (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- elements (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- handling inheritance (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- in XML schema, introduction (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- mapping
-
- any and anyAttribute declarations (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- fragments to LOBs (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- to SQL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XML DB extensions (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- Oracle XML DB restrictions (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- compliance
-
- management pages, accessing (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Oracle Database Vault addressing (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- violations, investigating (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- compliance evaluation
-
- scheduling (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- setting up (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- compliance, ANSI/ISO (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- compMem element (Text Reference)
- Component Certifications
-
- OracleMetaLinkOracleMetaLink (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- component definitions (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- component number
-
- getting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- Component Object Model (COM)
-
- marking components as transactional (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- programming with Oracle Call Interface and Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- registering in a Microsoft Transaction Server environment (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in a Microsoft Transaction Server
-
- coordinated transaction (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- running in an MS DTC-coordinated transaction (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with Microsoft Oracle ODBC Driver (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with the Oracle ODBC Driver and Microsoft Transaction Server (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- components
- [entry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
- about translating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- broker (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling access to (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- created when using Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- created when using DBCA (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Data Guard configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- displaying on all pages (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- for single Oracle homes (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- hardware (Performance Tuning Guide)
- in this release (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- installation of single Oracle home components (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- removing database, Oracle Internet Directory, and Net Services services and registry entries (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- removing manually (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- removing with Oracle Universal Installer (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- software (Performance Tuning Guide)
- translating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- translating messages (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- unsupported
-
- Windows Terminal Server (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Windows Terminal Server (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- Windows Terminal Server (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- using in different languages (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- components option (sqlj -components) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- components, Oracle Access Manager, table of interactions (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- components. See label components
- COMPOSE function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- composed characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- composite
-
- columns (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioning methods (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- performance considerations (Data Warehousing Guide)
- composite attribute
-
- BASIC_LEXER (Text Reference)
- KOREAN_MORPH_LEXER (Text Reference)
- composite event (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
-
- rule conditions with ANY n semantics (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- rule conditions with set semantics (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- sequencing of primitive events (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- composite foreign keys (SQL Reference)
- composite indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- composite keys
-
- foreign (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- restricting nulls in (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- composite partitioning
-
- default partition (Administrator's Guide)
- examples of (Performance Tuning Guide)
- range-hash (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- range-list (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- subpartition template, modifying (Administrator's Guide)
- when creating a table (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- composite primary keys (SQL Reference)
- composite textkey
-
- encoding (Text Reference)
- composite types
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- collection and records (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overview (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- composite word dictionary (Text Reference)
- composite word index
-
- creating for German or Dutch text (Text Reference)
- composite words
-
- indexing (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- viewing (Text Reference)
- COMPOSITE_LIMIT parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- composite_partitioning (SQL Quick Reference)
- composites
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- base dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to conjoint dimensions (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- description (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- index algorithm (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- index type (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- listing associated objects (OLAP DML Reference)
- maintaining (OLAP DML Reference)
- reporting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also unnamed composites
- showing a value (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying values for (OLAP DML Reference)
- specifying values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- statements for managing (OLAP DML Reference)
- testing for a value (OLAP DML Reference)
- unnamed (OLAP DML Reference)
- composites (regular and compressed)
-
- defined (OLAP Reference)
- compound conditions (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- compound element (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- compound expressions (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- compound line string (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- compound polygon (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CompoundCursor objects
-
- getting children of, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a crosstab view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating for a table view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- positions of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CompProcessor Interface
-
- getProcessorId() (XML C++ API Reference)
- process() (XML C++ API Reference)
- processWithBinXPath() (XML C++ API Reference)
- XPath package (XML C++ API Reference)
- COMPRESS clause
-
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- of ALTER INDEX ... REBUILD (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE TABLE (SQL Reference)
- COMPRESS parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- compressed backupsets (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- compressed cubes
-
- data characteristics (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- compressed data
-
- behavior of Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- compressed tables (2 Day DBA)
- compressing
-
- workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- compression
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
-
- compression ratio (Spatial GeoRaster)
- decompression of GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster)
- DEFLATE format (Spatial GeoRaster)
- hardware (Secure Backup Reference)
- JPEG format (Spatial GeoRaster)
- keyword for storageParam parameter (Spatial GeoRaster)
- NUMBER_OF_COMPRESS_BATCHES system parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- of GeoRaster objects (Spatial GeoRaster)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster)
- of index keys (SQL Reference)
- performance considerations (Spatial GeoRaster)
- quality (Spatial GeoRaster)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial GeoRaster)
- See data segment compression (Data Warehousing Guide)
- software (Secure Backup Reference)
- compression (Workspace Manager)
-
- SetCompressWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- WM_COMPRESS_BATCH_SIZES view (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- WM_COMPRESSIBLE_TABLES view (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- compression formats
-
- audio (interMedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- image (interMedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- video (interMedia Reference)
- [subentry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- COMPRESSION parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- compression schemes (interMedia User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (interMedia User's Guide)
- compression, hardware (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- compression, index key (Concepts)
- compressionFormat operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
- lossless compression scheme (interMedia Reference)
- lossy format (interMedia Reference)
- compressionQuality operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
- lossless compression format (interMedia Reference)
- lossy compression format (interMedia Reference)
- CompressWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CompressWorkspaceTree procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CompTransformer Interface
-
- Xsl package (XML C++ API Reference)
- computations (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- COMPUTE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- computing a summary on different columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- LABEL clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- listing all definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- maximum LABEL length (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- OF clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON column clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON expr clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- ON REPORT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing "grand" and "sub" summaries (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing multiple summaries on same column (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines at ends of reports (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- printing summary lines on a break (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in OF (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referencing a SELECT expression in ON (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- removing definitions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- used to format a REFCURSOR variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COMPUTE STATISTICS clause
-
- of ALTER INDEX (SQL Reference)
- of ANALYZE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE INDEX (SQL Reference)
- COMPUTE_CONFUSION_MATRIX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPUTE_GEOMETRY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- COMPUTE_LIFT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COMPUTE_ROC procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- compute_statistics_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- computer name
-
- finding with DVF.F$MACHINE (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Machine default factor (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed
-
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- computer on which Oracle Database is installed
-
- installation requirements (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- computers with multiple aliases (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #17] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- computers, non-networked (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- COMPUTES clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- comwrap.sql (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CON (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- concat dimensions
-
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also dimensions
- specifying values for (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONCAT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #4] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- CONCAT operator (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- concat partitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONCAT SQL function (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CONCAT translated SQL function (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONCAT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCAT_LINES function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONCATENATE parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- CONCATENATE_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenated groupings (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenated indexes (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- concatenated ROLLUP (Data Warehousing Guide)
- concatenating
-
- geometric segments (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- line or multiline geometries (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- LRS geometries (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation operator (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- treatment of nulls (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- concatenation restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- concatenation restrictions, string concatenation of numbers (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- conceptual modeling (Performance Tuning Guide)
- concordance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CONCUR_READ_ONLY result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONCUR_UPDATABLE result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurency (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concurrency (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- data, definition (Concepts)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- described (Concepts)
- limits on
-
- for each user (Concepts)
- for each user (Security Guide)
- transactions and (Concepts)
- concurrency types in result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
-
- APPC (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- TCP/IP (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- concurrent connections, TCP/IP, memory (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- concurrent conventional path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent I/O (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- concurrent logons (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concurrent processes
-
- tuning for Oracle Streams AQ (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent users
-
- increasing the number of (Data Warehousing Guide)
- condition types
-
- common (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- conditional
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- processing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- rendering (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- conditional compilation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
-
- availability for previous Oracle database releases (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- control tokens (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- inquiry directives (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- limitations (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- new features, Preface (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- NLS_LENGTH_SEMANTICS initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_CODE_TYPE initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_DEBUG initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_LINE flag (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_OPTIMIZE_LEVEL initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_UNIT flag (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- PLSQL_WARNINGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- static constants (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using PLSQL_CCFLAGS initialization parameter (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using static expressions with (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using with DBMS_DB_VERSION (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using with DBMS_PREPROCESSOR (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional control (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional execution of commands (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional expressions
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- IF (OLAP DML Reference)
- in WHERE clause (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- See expressions
- SWTICH (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional operators (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- conditional precompilation (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- benefits of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- defining symbols (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- example (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- purpose of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conditional predicates
-
- trigger bodies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- conditional statement
-
- guidelines (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conditional_insert_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- conditions
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
-
- comparison (SQL Reference)
- compound (SQL Reference)
- displaying regions (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- EXISTS (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- floating-point (SQL Reference)
- group comparison (SQL Reference)
- IN (SQL Reference)
- in SQL syntax (SQL Reference)
- IS ANY (SQL Reference)
- IS OF type (SQL Reference)
- IS PRESENT (SQL Reference)
- IS [NOT] EMPTY (SQL Reference)
- LIKE (SQL Reference)
- list of (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- logical (SQL Reference)
- MEMBER (SQL Reference)
- membership (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- model (SQL Reference)
- multiset (SQL Reference)
- null (SQL Reference)
- pattern matching (SQL Reference)
- range (SQL Reference)
- rules (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- see also SQL conditions
- SET (SQL Reference)
- simple comparison (SQL Reference)
- SUBMULTISET (SQL Reference)
- UNDER_PATH (SQL Reference)
- using (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- using with buttons (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- XML (SQL Reference)
- CondPattern (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- confidence
-
- of association rule (Data Mining Concepts)
- confidentiality (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- CONFIG
-
- command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG command-line option (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG option (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONFIG OTT parameter (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONFIG.encap (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONFIG.Master (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- configCCR (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- configurable properties (Data Guard Broker)
-
- AlternateLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyInstanceTimeout (Data Guard Broker)
- ApplyParallel (Data Guard Broker)
- ArchiveLagTarget (Data Guard Broker)
- Binding (Data Guard Broker)
- database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- DbFileNameConvert (Data Guard Broker)
- DelayMins (Data Guard Broker)
- Dependency (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverTarget (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverThreshold (Data Guard Broker)
- FastStartFailoverThreshold property (Data Guard Broker)
- HostName (Data Guard Broker)
- InitialConnectIdentifier (Data Guard Broker)
- LocalListenerAddress (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveFormat (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMaxProcesses (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveMinSucceedDest (Data Guard Broker)
- LogArchiveTrace (Data Guard Broker)
- LogFileNameConvert (Data Guard Broker)
- LogShipping (Data Guard Broker)
- LogXptMode (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyASkipTxnCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipErrorCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyDSkipTxnCfgPr (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxEventsRecorded (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxServers (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyMaxSga (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordAppliedDdl (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipDdl (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyRecordSkipErrors (Data Guard Broker)
- LsbyTxnConsistency (Data Guard Broker)
- managing redo transport services (Data Guard Broker)
- MaxConnections (Data Guard Broker)
- MaxFailure (Data Guard Broker)
- NetTimeout (Data Guard Broker)
- PreferredApplyInstance (Data Guard Broker)
- ReopenSecs (Data Guard Broker)
- SidName (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyArchiveLocation (Data Guard Broker)
- StandbyFileManagement (Data Guard Broker)
- TopWaitEvents (Data Guard Broker)
- configuration
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- bandwidth (Data Warehousing Guide)
- changes, monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- controlling (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- features, databases (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- gateway directories (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- general purpose configuration with Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- globalization support
- Java (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- JVM (Java Developer's Guide)
- of LogMiner utility (Utilities)
- performance (Java Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- searching an enterprise (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- See also DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM package
- using database configuration features (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- viewing for an enterprise (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- configuration (Oracle Net Services)
-
- centralized (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- client/server (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- distributed database (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- configuration and installation verification (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Configuration Assistant
-
- database creation methods (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- troubleshooting (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- configuration assistants
-
- errors (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- failure (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #15] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #16] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #17] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #18] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #19] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #20] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #21] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #22] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #23] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #24] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- See also Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA), Net Configuration Assistant (NetCA)
- suppressing during silent or noninteractive installation (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- troubleshooting (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #13] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #14] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #15] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #16] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #17] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #18] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #19] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #20] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #21] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #22] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #23] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #24] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #25] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #26] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #27] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #28] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #29] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #30] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #31] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #32] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #33] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #34] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #35] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #36] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #37] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #38] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #39] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #40] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #41] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #42] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #43] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #44] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #45] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #46] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #47] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #48] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #49] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #50] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #51] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #52] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #53] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #54] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #55] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #56] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #57] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #58] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #59] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #60] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #61] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #62] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #63] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #64] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #65] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #66] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #67] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #68] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #69] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #70] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #71] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #72] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #73] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #74] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #75] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #76] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #77] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #78] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #79] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #80] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #81] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #82] (Transparent Gateway Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #83] (Transparent Gateway Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System, hp-ux, IBM AIX, and hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #84] (Transparent Gateway Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System, hp-ux, IBM AIX, and hp Tru64 UNIX)
- configuration assistants, troubleshooting (Transparent Gateway Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- configuration considerations, system level (Installation Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- configuration data
-
- manual collection (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- Configuration Data Tablespace (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- configuration file
-
- system versus user (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- configuration file parameters
-
- ask about osb dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- create pre-authorized oracle user (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- customized obparameters (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- default protection (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- default UNIX/LINUX group (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- default UNIX/LINUX user (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- linux db dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- linux links (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- linux ob dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- linux temp dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- run obopenssl (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris db dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris links (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris ob dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris temp dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris64 db dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris64 links (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris64 ob dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- solaris64 temp dir (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- start daemons at boot (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- Configuration Files (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- configuration files
- [entry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #8] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- [entry #10] (Security Guide)
- [entry #11] (Security Guide)
- [entry #12] (Security Guide)
- [entry #13] (Security Guide)
- [entry #14] (Security Guide)
- [entry #15] (Security Guide)
- [entry #16] (Security Guide)
- [entry #17] (Security Guide)
- [entry #18] (Security Guide)
- [entry #19] (Security Guide)
- [entry #20] (Security Guide)
- [entry #21] (Security Guide)
- [entry #22] (Security Guide)
- [entry #23] (Security Guide)
- [entry #24] (Security Guide)
- [entry #25] (Security Guide)
- [entry #26] (Security Guide)
- [entry #27] (Security Guide)
- [entry #28] (Security Guide)
- [entry #29] (Security Guide)
- [entry #30] (Security Guide)
- [entry #31] (Security Guide)
- [entry #32] (Security Guide)
- [entry #33] (Security Guide)
-
- advantages (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- and the Object Type Translator (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and the OTT utility (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- aqxml.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- cache.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- dads.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- dms.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- fast-start failover configuration (fsfo.dat) file (Data Guard Broker)
- httpd.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
-
- file structure (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- listener (Security Guide)
- located on raw devices (Data Guard Broker)
- location (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Getting Started for Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Getting Started for Windows)
- mime.types (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- naming conventions (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- opmn.xml (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- oracle_apache.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- ottcfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- pcbcfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- pccfor.cfg (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- pcscfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- php.ini (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- plsql.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- pmscfg.cfg (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- precompiler (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- sample listener.ora (Security Guide)
- See Also Data Guard configuration file
- SSL (Security Guide)
- ssl.conf (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- syntax (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- system (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- typical directory (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- user (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- configuration files for external procedures (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- configuration information (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Configuration Management attribute (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Configuration Management for Non-Oracle Systems Pack (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Configuration Management Views (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- configuration metrics (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- configuration of a database
-
- process structure (Concepts)
- configuration options
-
- creating with Data Guard broker (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- of redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- overview (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- physical standby databases
-
- location and directory structure (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- requirements for password files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby databases
-
- archived redo log repository (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed application of archived redo log files on (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- delayed standby (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- typical (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- configuration pages, accessing in Grid Control (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- configuration parameter
-
- iSQLPlusAllowScriptsURL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQLPlusAllowUserMarkup (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQLPlusBannerMessage (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- iSQLPlusConnectIdList (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- log4j.rootLogger (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- configuration parameters
-
- defined (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- LOCAL (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- registry, defined (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- TNS_ADMIN (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- USE_SHARED_SOCKET (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- configuration parameters, test connectivity before changing any configuration parameters (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- configuration policies (New Features Guide)
- configuration problems
-
- reinitializing the OCR (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuration procedures (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- configuration requirements
-
- modifying for Oracle Fail Safe (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on client computer (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Microsoft Transaction Server is installed (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- on computer on which Oracle Database is installed (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- configuration tasks, post-installation (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- configuration types
-
- Advanced (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Data Warehouse (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Do not create a starter database (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- General Purpose (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- New Database (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- Transaction Processing (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- configuration verification
-
- OLTP
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Configuration Views (Enterprise Manager Extensibility)
- configurations
-
- client (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Client System Analyzer (CSA) (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- comparing (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Data Guard (Concepts)
- Enterprise Manager Configuration Plugin (EMCP) (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- hardware and software (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- managing (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- optional (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- proxy (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- RAC (High Availability Best Practices)
- CONFIGURE command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
-
- BACKUP OPTIMIZATION option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CHANNEL option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CLEAR option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- DEFAULT DEVICE TYPE clause (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- DEVICE TYPE clause (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- EXCLUDE option (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RETENTION POLICY clause (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CONFIGURE command, RMAN (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- Configure Email Notification section, for new database installation (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- CONFIGUREAUTOSYNC procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Configuring
-
- two-phase commit (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [subentry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- configuring
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- accounts of Oracle users (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- additional DRDA Servers (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- additional DRDA servers (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- additional Oracle products (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- APPC/MVS (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- AS/400 communications (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- attachments (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- AVS (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- backup schedules (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- backup windows (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- backups on standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- binding DRDA package (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- blackouts, functionality of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- cascaded destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- checklist
-
- communications interfaces (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- communications interfaces (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- for DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- for installation overview (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- for the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- IBM Communication Server product on AIX (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Net (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- checklist for gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- checklists for DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CICS Transaction Server for z/OS (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- clients
-
- client load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-time failover (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default domains (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- naming methods in profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Application Failover (TAF) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- collected configurations for targets (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- commit-confirm (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- connection load balancing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pooling (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection requests in a profile (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- cookies for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- corrective action library (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- database servers
-
- access control (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- DB2/400 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DCOM (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- disaster recovery (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- easy connect naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Entrust-enabled Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
-
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedure connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- gateway
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- optional steps to allow multiple users using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- optional steps to allow multiple users using TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- gateway directories (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Generic Connectivity (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- global database name (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- hardware and software (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Heterogeneous Services connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host workstation for gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- hosts (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- IDMS-DC (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- IMS/TM (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- initialization parameters
-
- for alternate archive destinations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to create a standby database with a time lag (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- to set up redo transport services (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- instance role (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- javascript for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Kerberos authentication service parameters (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- kernel parameters (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #10] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #12] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- libraries (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- list of parameters needed to configure the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- listener for Oracle COM Automation for PL/SQL (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- listener for physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- listeners (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle JServer (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- queue size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service information (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- load balancers (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- localized management (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Management Plug-ins (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- media families (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- media manager
-
- installing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- prerequisites (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- media managers for use with RMAN (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- monitoring templates (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- multiple protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- MVS VTAM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Named Pipes Protocol Adapter (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- naming methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- NAS devices (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
-
- on Windows (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- net service aliases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- net service names
-
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- network domain, default (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- no data loss (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- notification rules (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- notification schedule (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- number of processes and connections (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Access Manager (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle Advanced Security (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Application Server 10g (new installation) (HTML DB Installation Guide)
- Oracle Application Server 10g (upgrade) (HTML DB Installation Guide)
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- Oracle Database (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- Oracle HTTP Server (new installation) (HTML DB Installation Guide)
- Oracle HTTP Server 10g (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- Oracle HTTP Server 10g (new installation) (HTML DB Installation Guide)
- Oracle HTTP Server 10g (upgrade) (HTML DB Installation Guide)
- Oracle integrating server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- upgrading from previous releases (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- upgrading from previous releases (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- upgrading from previous releases (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle integrating server for gateway using TCP/IP for IMS Connect
-
- pre-configuration steps (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- pre-configuration steps (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Net (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Oracle Rdb database connections (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle server with Kerberos (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Spatial (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- Oracle Text (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- oracle user environment (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- Oracle XML DB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- using DBMS_XDB API (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- OS/390 (MVS) VTAM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- other Oracle Database servers (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- other Oracle servers (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- parameter file (Concepts)
- physical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- PNI (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- preferred credentials (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- primary and secondary instances (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- process structure (Concepts)
- protocol addresses (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- protocol server in Oracle XML DB (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- quick reference (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- RADIUS authentication (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Recovery Manager
-
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- autobackups (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- automatic channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- automatic channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backup optimization (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backup retention policies (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backup set size (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- clearing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- clearing (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- default device types (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- device types (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- parallelism (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- shared server (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- snapshot control file location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specific channels (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- tablespace exclusion for backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- redo logs (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reporting operations on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- reverse proxies (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- SDP protocol (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- server logs (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- servers
-
- connect-request timeouts (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- services for Collaboration Suite (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- servlets (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session data unit (SDU) size (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- setting up
-
- administrators (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- blackouts (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- management pack access (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- monitoring templates (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- notification methods (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- patching (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- registration passwords (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- roles (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- shared DID devices (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- SID prefix (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- SNA server
-
- creating profiles (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- testing connection (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SNA server, creating profiles (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SNAPlus2 on HP-UX (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SNAP-IX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- software, reducing time with provisioning tools (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- SQL*Net TCP/IP
-
- configuring your client computers for TCP/IP (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- edit member TNSNAMES in the ORA file (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SSL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- on the client (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- on the server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- standby databases at remote locations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log groups (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- summaries (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- tape drives (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- target subtabs (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- TCP/IP
-
- DB2/400 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- for AS/400 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for MS Windows (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for OS/390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- under Solaris (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- on the gateway (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on the gateway (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- the gateway
-
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- for TCP/IP for IMS Connect (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- the OLTP (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- thin JDBC support (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- Transparent Gateways (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- VM VTAM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- VM VTAM on DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Windows GUI (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- with default values (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- without default values (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- workstation for gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- your network
-
- using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- configuring a LAN device
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- Configuring APPC/MVS (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- configuring CICS OLTP for Transaction Server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Configuring CICS Transaction Server for z/OS (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- configuring disks for ASM (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- configuring disks for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #17] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #19] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #20] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #21] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #22] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #23] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #24] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #25] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #26] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #27] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #28] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- configuring file type associations (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Configuring IDMS-DC (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- configuring kernel parameters (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- configuring kernel subsystem attributes (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- configuring new disks (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- configuring raw devices (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- Configuring Services (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Availability (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Key Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Local Beacon (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Test-Based (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Test-Based (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- System-Based (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- System-Based (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Command Line Interface (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Create (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- End-User Performance Monitoring (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Access Log Format (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- chronos_setup.sh (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- chronos_setup.sh (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- EUM (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Manage Web Server Data Collection (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Manage Web Server Data Collection (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Set URLs (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Standalone Web Cache (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Unprocessed Samples (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- URL Pattern (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Web Cache Log Format (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Web Cache Manager (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Interactive Transaction Tracing (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- J2EE Server Activity (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Metrics
-
- Performance (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Usage (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Usage Metrics (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Monitoring Settings (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Beacon Overrides (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Collection Settings (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Data Granularity (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Frequency (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Monitoring Templates (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Tests (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Tests and Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Variables (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Oracle Application Server 10g (9.0.4) (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Performance (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Performance Metrics (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Aggregation Function (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Recording Transactions (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Request Performance (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Correlate Requests (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Database Connections (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Enterprise Java Beans (EJBs) (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- JDeveloper (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Manage OC4J Data Collection (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- OC4J Cluster (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- OC4J Instances (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- OC4J Tracing (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Oracle Application Server 10g (9.0.4) (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Oracle User Interface XML (UIX) (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Tests and Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Tracing Properties (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Root Cause Analysis (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #3] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Component Tests (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Topology (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Topology Viewer (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Level Rules (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Actual Service Level (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Availability (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Business Hours (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Expected Service Level (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Information Publisher (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Performance Criteria (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Services Dashboard (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service Tests and Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Configuring Dedicated Beacons (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- SSL Certificate (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Tests (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Web Proxy (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Service-Test Based Availability
-
- Key Service Tests (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- System (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
-
- Key Components (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- System-Based Availability
-
- Key Components (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Test Performance (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Thresholds
-
- Critical (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Warning (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Time Zone (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Types
-
- Aggregate Service (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Types of Service
-
- Generic Service (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Types of Services
-
- Aggregate Service (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- OCS Service (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Web Application (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- Configuring SNMP (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- Configuring the gateway (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- configuring your network (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- conflict management (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
- beginning resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- committing resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- rolling back resolution (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- showing conflicts (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- conflict resolution (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- additive method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- append sequence method (Advanced Replication)
- append site name method (Advanced Replication)
- architecture (Advanced Replication)
- auditing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- average method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- avoiding conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- best practices (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column groups (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication)
- data integrity (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- object tables (Advanced Replication)
- shadow (Advanced Replication)
- column lists (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- column subsetting
-
- updatable materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- concepts (Advanced Replication)
- configuring without quiesce (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- custom (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- interaction with apply handlers (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- modifying (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- prebuilt (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- removing (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- setting (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- convergence properties of methods (Advanced Replication)
- data convergence (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- data requirements (Advanced Replication)
- DBA_REPRESOLUTION_STATISTICS view (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- detecting conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- DISCARD handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- discard method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- earliest timestamp method (Advanced Replication)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- in synchronous propagation (Advanced Replication)
- information
-
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- latest timestamp method (Advanced Replication)
- MAXIMUM handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- latest time (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- maximum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- methods for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- methods for update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- MINIMUM handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- minimum method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication)
- nested tables (Advanced Replication)
- OVERWRITE handler (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- overwrite method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- performance
-
- compare old values (Advanced Replication)
- send old values (Advanced Replication)
- prebuilt methods (Advanced Replication)
- preparing for (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- primary site ownership (Advanced Replication)
- priority groups method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- procedural replication and (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- replication (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- resolution columns (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- site priority method (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- as backup (Advanced Replication)
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- statistics (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- canceling (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- collecting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- timestamp method (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- sample trigger (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- time-based (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- example (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- preparing for (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- transaction ordering (Advanced Replication)
- types of conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- updatable materialized views
-
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication)
- update conflicts (Advanced Replication)
- user-defined methods (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
-
- column objects (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- column subsetting (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- example (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for delete conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for uniqueness conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- for update conflicts (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- multitier materialized views (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- parameters (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- restrictions (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- viewing information (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- conflict views (xxx_CONF) (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- conflicts
-
- avoidance (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- delete (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- primary database ownership (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- update (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
-
- delete (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- dynamic ownership (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- delete (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- detecting (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #3] (Advanced Replication)
-
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- identifying rows (Advanced Replication)
- detection
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- identifying rows (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- stopping (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- DML conflicts (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- error queue (Advanced Replication)
- foreign key (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- notification log table
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification methods
-
- user-defined (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- notification package
-
- creating (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- sample (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- ordering
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- procedural replication (Advanced Replication)
- token passing (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- transaction ordering (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- types of (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- uniqueness (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- update (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
-
- avoiding (Advanced Replication)
- workflow (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- confusion matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- figure (Data Mining Concepts)
- conjoint dimensions
-
- base dimension values (OLAP DML Reference)
- changing to composites (OLAP DML Reference)
- defining (OLAP DML Reference)
- deleting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- index type (determining) (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also dimensions
- CONNECT
- [entry #2] (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Enterprise User Administrator's Guide)
-
- CONNECT SQL statement, known restriction (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONNECT TO command, IBM DB2/400 command to connect to the Oracle server (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONNECT TO statement, explicit connection to an Oracle server (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle CONNECT syntax is not supported by Oracle Access Manager (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- SQL*Plus command (SQL Quick Reference)
- CONNECT / (Security Guide)
- CONNECT /AS SYSDBA
-
- connecting without a password (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- using (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CONNECT /feature (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT authority
-
- binding packages on DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- user ID mapping on DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CONNECT BY clause
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #14] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #15] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
-
- limitation (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- not supported in SQL (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- of queries and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- of SELECT (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT BY not supported
-
- known restrictions, SQL limitations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CONNECT BY not supported, known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CONNECT clause
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- for database link security (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- in TCP/IP security (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- of SELECT and subqueries (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT command
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- [entry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [entry #8] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #10] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #12] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #13] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- and @ ("at" sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- changing password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- starting an instance (Administrator's Guide)
- SYSDBA clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- SYSOPER clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Connect data control property (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connect descriptor
-
- description (2 Day DBA)
- example (2 Day DBA)
- using to identify the Management Repository database (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- connect descriptors (Net Services Reference)
- Connect dialog box (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- CONNECT events, controlling with command rules (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- connect exit, DB2 (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- connect functions (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- field (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in CONNECT command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in DESCRIBE command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- in SQLPLUS command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connect identifiers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT INTERNAL
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
-
- desupported (Administrator's Guide)
- replacement (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- connect port conflict (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT privilege
-
- DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CONNECT role (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
- connect role privileges (New Features Guide)
- CONNECT statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
- [entry #6] (Security Guide)
- [entry #7] (Security Guide)
-
- AT clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- AT clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to Oracle with (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- enabling a semantic check (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- examples (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- logging on to Oracle (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- placement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- requirements for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- USING clause (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- USING clause in (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using to enable a semantic check (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- when not required (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- connect string
-
- Connection Manager (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- example (2 Day DBA)
- for Analytic Workspace Manager (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- for OCI driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- for Thin driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- See connection identifier
- server-side internal driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- server-side Thin driver (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- SIDs deprecated (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- use of database service names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connect strings (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECT SYS
-
- example of (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CONNECT THROUGH clause
-
- of ALTER USER (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT TO
-
- clause (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- statement (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- userid (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CONNECT TO clause
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- accessing data through database links (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- accessing the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- creating database links (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- gateway security (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Reference)
- connect() method (Oracle class) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISCYCLE pseudocolumns (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ISLEAF pseudocolumns (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT_BY_ROOT operator (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT_DATA networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- CONNECT_TIME parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Reference)
- CONNECT_TIMEOUT_listener_name networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- connected components (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- connected paths
-
- checking for (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- connected user database links (Administrator's Guide)
-
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- REMOTE_OS_AUTHENT initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTED_GEOM_SEGMENTS function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- connecting
-
- connect processing with Oracle Access Manager (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- connection management (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- LOCAL parameter (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- multiple connections with different RDB names (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- multiple connections with same Oracle server (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle databases supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- privileges required for Data Guard broker configurations (Data Guard Broker)
- starting the observer (Data Guard Broker)
- test connectivity before changing any configuration parameters (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- through Oracle Net (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- through TCP/IP (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- to a database (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- to a specific database (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle database (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to an Oracle database using ADO (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- to instances (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- to Oracle server from precompiled application (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- to the primary database (Data Guard Broker)
- to the standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- uniquely identifying a connection (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- with username and password (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- connecting to a database (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- AUTHORIZATION clause and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- calling RPC stubs and (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- connecting to a repository (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- connecting to database (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- connecting to Oracle (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- automatic connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- automatically (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- concurrently (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using Oracle Net (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- via Oracle Net (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- connecting with Management Repository (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- connection
- [entry #2] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- add (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- choosing (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- closing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- default versus non-default (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- definition
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
-
- SNA Server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- from KPRB driver (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implicit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- managing connection pooling (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- new (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- opening (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- security (Java Developer's Guide)
- testing (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Connection (JMS)
-
- creating
-
- with default ConnectionFactory parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- with default ConnectionFactory parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- with username/password (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- with username/password (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- getting JDBC connection from JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- connection attribute
-
- setting with ODBC (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- connection attributes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection cache properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Connection class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection contexts
-
- close connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concepts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting from JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting to JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaration with IMPLEMENTS clause (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declarations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- declaring connection context class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get execution context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- get JDBC connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- implementation and functionality (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- instantiating connection object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple connections, example (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- relation to execution contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- semantics-checking (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- set default connection (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying connection for statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying for executable statement (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection contexts (SQLJ)
-
- definition (JPublisher User's Guide)
- release() method (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use of connection contexts and instances (JPublisher User's Guide)
- connection credentials
-
- using Oracle Wallet (Data Guard Broker)
- Connection Definitions (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- connection dependency (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connection errors (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- connection identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- easy or abbreviated (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- full (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- net service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- connection information
-
- incorrectly specified (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connection load balancing (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- concepts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- configuring
-
- dedicated server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- described (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- introduction to (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- long method (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- short method (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Connection Manager
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- installing (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- ports, ranges and protocol (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #18] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #19] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #20] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #21] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- starting (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using multiple managers (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- writing the connect string (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection methods, JDBC 2.0 result sets (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- connection mode
-
- configuring (2 Day DBA)
- nonblocking (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection multiplexing (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- Connection object (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- Connection objects
-
- example of closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- example of getting an existing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- connection parameters (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- connection persistence (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- connection pool
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- createConnectionPool method (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- creating (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection pool management (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- connection pooling (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #10] (Security Guide)
-
- advantages relative to session multiplexing (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- client side registry parameters (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- code example (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- defined (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- demo program1 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- demo program2 (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- emptying connection pools (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- example (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- for RAC database (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- managing connections (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- obtaining service handles (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- releasing connections (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- transparent application failover (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- using (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using OraMTSSvcGet() function (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- using with shared server (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connection pools
-
- and FAN (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- connection pools and TAF (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connection privileges
-
- SYSDBA (2 Day DBA)
- SYSOPER (2 Day DBA)
- connection properties (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- put() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Connection property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connection qualifiers
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication)
-
- database links and (Administrator's Guide)
- diagnosing problems with (Advanced Replication)
- CONNECTION record type (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- connection string attributes (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
-
- defaults (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- registry (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Connection Time Out field in Oracle Net Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- CONNECTION_STATISTICS networking parameter (Net Services Reference)
- ConnectionFactory (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
-
- getting
-
- in LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- objects (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- registering
-
- through database using JDBC connection parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- through database using JDBC URL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- through LDAP using JDBC connection parameters (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- through LDAP using JDBC URL (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- unregistering
-
- in LDAP through LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- in LDAP through the database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- through database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- through LDAP (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- using JNDI to look up (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- ConnectionPool class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- connections
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
-
- adjusting listener queue size to avoid errors (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Net Services Reference)
- auditing (Security Guide)
- bequeath (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- closing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- closing shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- concurrent (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- concurrent, increasing number of (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connect strings, entering (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- creating, editing, or selecting (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- database connection in server (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- dedicated servers (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- default versus nondefault (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- default versus non-default (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- defined (Concepts)
- defining (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- directory naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- explanation (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Explicit connections (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- external procedures (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- from SQLJ data sources (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- getting existing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Heterogeneous Services (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- host naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- JDBC transaction methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- listener process and (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- local naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- methods (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Microsoft Access (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Microsoft SQL Server (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- modifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- multiple, using declared connect contexts (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- MySQL (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- naming of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Network Information Service (NIS) external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Network Information Service external naming (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle class to connect (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle Database (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- Oracle Rdb databases (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- read-only (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- restricting (Concepts)
- sessions contrasted with (Concepts)
- set up (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- shared connections with JDBC (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- single or multiple using default context (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying auto-commit (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- startup of components (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- steps for establishing (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- SYS-privileged (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- terminating remote (Administrator's Guide)
- translator options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- verify (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- with administrator privileges (Concepts)
- CONNECTIONS (CON or CONN) attribute (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- connections as SYS and SYSTEM (Security Guide)
- ConnectionString attributes (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- Connection Lifetime (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Connection Timeout (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Data Source (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- DBA Privilege (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Decr Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Enlist (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- HA Events (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Incr Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Load Balancing (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Max Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Min Pool Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Password (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Persist Security Info (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Pooling (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Proxy Password (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Proxy User Id (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Purge (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Statement Cache Size (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- User Id (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Validate Connection (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- ConnectionString property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- connectivity tools
-
- Oracle Procedural Gateway
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
-
- about (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- about (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- about (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- about (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- support status (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- support status (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- support status (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- Oracle Transparent Gateway
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
-
- about (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- about (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- about (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- about (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- about (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- about (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- about (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- about (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- about (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- support status (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- support status (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- support status (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- support status (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- See also databases, non-Oracle
- ConnectRef Interface
-
- call() (XML C++ API Reference)
- SOAP package (XML C++ API Reference)
- ~ConnectRef() (XML C++ API Reference)
- connectStringSpec clause (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- connect-time failover (High Availability Best Practices)
-
- and GLOBAL_DNAME parameter (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- configuring (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Net Services Reference)
- GLOBAL_DBNAME networking parameter in listener.ora (Net Services Reference)
- service registration (Net Services Administrator's Guide)
- with Oracle Connection Manager (Net Services Reference)
- connpool sample (IIS) (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CONSIDER command (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONSIDER FRESH clause
-
- of ALTER MATERIALIZED VIEW (SQL Reference)
- consistency
-
- checking for valid geometry types (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- of object cache (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- read (Performance Tuning Guide)
- read consistency, definition (Concepts)
- read-only transactions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- consistent backups
-
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- whole database (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- consistent blocks (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- Consistent Change Ratio (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONSISTENT CHANGES in V$SYSSTAT (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- consistent gets from cache statistic (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONSISTENT GETS in V$SYSSTAT (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- consistent mode
-
- TKPROF (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CONSISTENT parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
-
- nested tables and (Utilities)
- partitioned table and (Utilities)
- consolidating
-
- extents (Utilities)
- const
-
- declaring constants (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONSTANT
-
- declaration (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- for declaring constants (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constant definitions for PGM package (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- constant file (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- CONSTANT parameter
-
- SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- constant values. See literals
- constants
-
- DBMS_DATA_MINING (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- DBMS_MGWMSG package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- in stored procedures (Concepts)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- static (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- understanding PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- constants for SQL types (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- constraining data to a geometry type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- constraining tables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- constraint
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
-
- adding (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- disabling (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- dropping (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- constraint violations (Advanced Replication)
- CONSTRAINT(S) session parameter (SQL Reference)
- constraint_clauses (SQL Quick Reference)
- constraint_state (SQL Quick Reference)
- constraints (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #5] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- adding to a table (SQL Reference)
- altering (SQL Reference)
- alternatives to (Concepts)
- applications can find violations (Concepts)
- automatic integrity and SQL*Loader (Utilities)
- CHECK (Concepts)
- check (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- checking
-
- at end of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at start of transaction (SQL Reference)
- at the end of each DML statement (SQL Reference)
- column REF (SQL Reference)
- default values and (Concepts)
- deferrable (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- enforcing (SQL Reference)
- defined (Concepts)
- defining (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- for a table (SQL Reference)
- on a column (SQL Reference)
- direct path load (Utilities)
- disabled (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- disabling (SQL Reference)
-
- cascading (SQL Reference)
- disabling after table creation (SQL Reference)
- disabling at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- disabling during table creation (SQL Reference)
- disabling referential constraints (Utilities)
- disabling temporarily (Concepts)
- distributed system application development issues (Administrator's Guide)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- dropping integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- effect on performance (Concepts)
- enable novalidate state (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- after a parallel direct path load (Utilities)
- enabling after table creation (SQL Reference)
- enabling during table creation (SQL Reference)
- enabling example (Administrator's Guide)
- enabling when violations exist (Administrator's Guide)
- enforced on a direct load (Utilities)
- enforced with indexes (Concepts)
-
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- UNIQUE (Concepts)
- exceptions (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- exceptions to integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- failed
-
- Import (Utilities)
- FOREIGN KEY (Concepts)
- foreign key (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- handled on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- integrity
-
- types listed (Concepts)
- integrity constraint states (Administrator's Guide)
- integrity, definition (Concepts)
- keeping index when disabling (Administrator's Guide)
- keeping index when dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- load method (Utilities)
- maximum name length for Workspace Manager (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- mechanisms of enforcement (Concepts)
- modifying (Concepts)
- modifying existing (SQL Reference)
- network (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- NOT NULL (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- object tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on Oracle objects (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- on views (Concepts)
-
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- dropping (SQL Reference)
- ORA-02055 constraint violation (Administrator's Guide)
- parallel create table (Data Warehousing Guide)
- PRIMARY KEY (Concepts)
- primary key (SQL Reference)
-
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- referential
-
- effect of updates (Concepts)
- self-referencing (Advanced Replication)
- self-referencing (Concepts)
- referential integrity (SQL Reference)
- REFs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- RELY (Data Warehousing Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- restrictions (SQL Reference)
- SCOPE FOR constraint (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- See also integrity constraints
- See integrity constraints
- setting at table creation (Administrator's Guide)
- setting state for a transaction (SQL Reference)
- states (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storing rows in violation (SQL Reference)
- support with Workspace Manager (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- table REF (SQL Reference)
- triggers cannot violate (Concepts)
- triggers contrasted with (Concepts)
- unique (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Developer User's Guide)
-
- attributes of index (SQL Reference)
- enabling (SQL Reference)
- UNIQUE key (Concepts)
-
- partially null (Concepts)
- view (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- what happens when violated (Concepts)
- when evaluated (Concepts)
- when to disable (Administrator's Guide)
- with partitioning (Data Warehousing Guide)
- with query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- constraints on XMLType data (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- repetitive XML elements (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CONSTRAINTS parameter
-
- Export utility (Utilities)
- Import utility (Utilities)
- Constraints property (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
-
- configuring (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- constructing
-
- LCRs (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- constructor (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- constructor method (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- constructor methods (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #5] (Concepts)
- [entry #6] (Java Developer's Guide)
-
- and object types (SQL Reference)
- literal invocation of (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructor_declaration (SQL Quick Reference)
- constructor_spec (SQL Quick Reference)
- constructors
-
- attribute values (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- attribute-value (Utilities)
-
- overriding (Utilities)
- calling user-defined (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- collection (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defining for an object type (SQL Reference)
- init( ) for ORDVideo (interMedia Reference)
- init(srcType,srcLocation,srcName) for ORDVideo (interMedia Reference)
- methods (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ORDAudio (interMedia Reference)
- ORDDoc (interMedia Reference)
- ORDImage (interMedia Reference)
- ORDImageSignature (interMedia Reference)
- ORDVideo (interMedia Reference)
- overloading (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- overriding (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- SDO_GEOMETRY object type (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SI_AverageColor (interMedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(averageColor) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_AverageColor(sourceImage) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_Color (interMedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram (interMedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(colors, frequencies) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(firstColor, frequency) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_ColorHistogram(sourceImage) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList (interMedia Reference)
- SI_FeatureList( ) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor (interMedia Reference)
- SI_PositionalColor( ) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage (interMedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_StillImage(content, explicitFormat, height, width) (interMedia Reference)
- SI_Texture (interMedia Reference)
- SI_Texture( ) (interMedia Reference)
- system defined (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- type evolution (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- user-defined (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Utilities)
-
- loading column objects with (Utilities)
- with NEW keyword (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- constructors for RDF (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CONSUME_EVENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONSUME_PRIM_EVENT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- Consumer class (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
-
- methods (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- consumers
-
- OLE DB (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- consumption of events (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- contact information
-
- in configuring SNAplus2 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- container directives (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- containers (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- containing face
-
- getting for point (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CONTAINS
-
- operators (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- SDO_CONTAINS operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SQL example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- structured query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- topological relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTAINS condition (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CONTAINS operator
-
- example (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CONTAINS query (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- contains SQL function (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- contains XPath function (Oracle) (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- content column (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- content fidelity (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content format
-
- direct color (DRCT) images (interMedia Reference)
- lookup table (LUT) images (interMedia Reference)
- content metadata
-
- defined (interMedia User's Guide)
- content of a resource
-
- definition (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content of data cartridge (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CONTENT parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility (Utilities)
- content placeholder (Secure Backup Reference)
- content_type column (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- contentFormat operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
-
- direct RGB (interMedia Reference)
- GRAY (interMedia Reference)
- LUT (interMedia Reference)
- MONOCHROME (interMedia Reference)
- contention
-
- block-level (Reference)
- for data
-
- deadlocks (Concepts)
- lock escalation does not occur (Concepts)
- library cache latch (Performance Tuning Guide)
- memory (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- shared pool (Performance Tuning Guide)
- tuning (Performance Tuning Guide)
- wait events (Performance Tuning Guide)
- Contents element (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- content-based retrieval
-
- benefits (interMedia User's Guide)
- overview (interMedia User's Guide)
- content-managed expiration policies (Secure Backup Migration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Reference)
- Context
-
- unsupported data types (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- context
-
- inline (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- run-time (Java Developer's Guide)
- stored procedures (Java Developer's Guide)
- transactions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- WITH CONTEXT clause (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- context (session) (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
- GetSessionInfo function (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT ALLOCATE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- context block
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT command (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- Context data types
-
- in logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- context expressions
-
- evaluation at runtime (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CONTEXT FREE statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONTEXT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CONTEXT index
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- HTML example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- context indextype (Text Reference)
- context namespaces
-
- accessible to instance (SQL Reference)
- associating with package (SQL Reference)
- initializing using OCI (SQL Reference)
- initializing using the LDAP directory (SQL Reference)
- removing from the database (SQL Reference)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION GET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT OBJECT OPTION SET SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- context of current operation
-
- getting (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- context option (JPublisher User's Guide)
- context option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- context switches
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- reducing with bulk binds (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CONTEXT USE directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT USE SQL statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTEXT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTEXT XQUERY option (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- context, creating one in XSU PL/SQL API (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- context_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- Context10g.java (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- ContextExample.java (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- contexts
-
- creating namespaces for (SQL Reference)
- granting system privileges for (SQL Reference)
- context-sensitive characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- context-sensitive policy type (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- context-sensitive policy type, Preface (Security Guide)
- continually refreshed workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
-
- changing workspace type (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- creating (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- continuation attribute (Text Reference)
- continuation lines
-
- syntax (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE action
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- in the WHENEVER statement (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- of WHENEVER directive (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- result of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONTINUE clause
-
- WHENEVER OSERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- WHENEVER SQLERROR (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CONTINUE command (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CONTINUE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONTINUE option, of WHENEVER statement (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CONTINUE_CLIENT parameter
-
- Data Pump Export utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Data Pump Import utility
-
- interactive-command mode (Utilities)
- Continued Row Ratio (Enterprise Manager SNMP Support Reference Guide)
- CONTINUEIF parameter
-
- SQL*Loader utility (Utilities)
- continuing a long SQL*Plus command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- continuous purges
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- continuous pushes
-
- scheduling (Advanced Replication)
- contracting characters (Globalization Support Guide)
- contracting letters (Globalization Support Guide)
- contrast operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- contrast table
-
- grayscale table (Spatial GeoRaster)
- control characters, encoding (Globalization Support Guide)
- control columns
-
- used to indicate changed columns in a row (Data Warehousing Guide)
- control file
- [entry #2] (New Features Guide)
- [entry #3] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- creating (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
-
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using SNA (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- on gateway using TCP/IP (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- creating in Automatic Storage Management (Administrator's Guide)
- description (2 Day DBA)
- editing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- installed configuration (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- managing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- multiplexing (2 Day DBA)
- running (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- support for RAC instances (New Features Guide)
- viewing a history (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- control file autobackups
-
- after structural changes to database (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- default format (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- restoring (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- control file copies
-
- backing up (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- control file example
-
- SQL*Loader (Text Reference)
- control file records
-
- overwriting (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- control files
- [entry #2] (Concepts)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- adding (Administrator's Guide)
- allowing reuse (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- automatic backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
-
- configuring (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- configuring (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backing up
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- backing up to trace file (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
-
- binary (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- including within database backup (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- recovery using (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- trace files (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- using RMAN (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- changes recorded (Concepts)
- changing size (Administrator's Guide)
- character sets (Utilities)
- checkpoints and (Concepts)
- conflicts with data dictionary (Administrator's Guide)
- contents (Concepts)
- copies
-
- backing up (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- copying (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- creating (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
-
- guidelines (Utilities)
- creating after loss of all copies (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- creating for standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data definition language syntax (Utilities)
- default name (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Concepts)
- described (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- dropping (Administrator's Guide)
- duplicate database (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- errors during creation (Administrator's Guide)
- finding filenames (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- force logging mode (SQL Reference)
- guidelines for (Administrator's Guide)
- how specified (Concepts)
- identifying (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- importance of multiplexed (Administrator's Guide)
- initial creation (Administrator's Guide)
- locating (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- location of (Administrator's Guide)
- log sequence numbers (Administrator's Guide)
- maximum size (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- MAXLOGHISTORY (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- mirroring (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- modifying with ALTER DATABASE RENAME FILE statement (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- moving (Administrator's Guide)
- multiplexed (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
-
- loss of (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- names (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Reference)
- naming (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- number of (Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- overwriting existing (Administrator's Guide)
- overwriting records (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- planning growth of (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- raw devices (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- raw devices for (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- on Linux (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- recreated (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- relocating (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming (Administrator's Guide)
- renaming or removing for migration (Upgrade Guide)
- requirement of one (Administrator's Guide)
- restoring
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
- to default location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- to nondefault location (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using SET DBID (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- reviewing (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- re-creating (SQL Reference)
- size of (Administrator's Guide)
- snapshot
-
- specifying location of (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- specifying (Reference)
- specifying data (Utilities)
- specifying names before database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying SQL*Loader discard file (Utilities)
- switchover and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- time-based recovery (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- troubleshooting (Administrator's Guide)
- types of records (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- unavailable during startup (Administrator's Guide)
- used in mounting database (Concepts)
- user-managed restore after loss of all copies (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using instead of a recovery catalog (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- using Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Control with (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- using Oracle Enterprise Manager Grid Control with (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- Control Files Repository
-
- accessing (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- creating a control file (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- editing a control file (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- running a control file (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- using (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- viewing a history (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- control keys
-
- disabling (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- CONTROL parameter
-
- SQL*Loader command line (Utilities)
- control statements (Oracle C++ Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- control structures
-
- conditional (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- iterative (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- overview of PL/SQL (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- sequential (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- understanding (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- control utilities
-
- Listener Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- Oracle Connection Manager Control utility (Net Services Reference)
- CONTROL_FILE_RECORD_KEEP_TIME initialization parameter (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
-
- preventing overwrite of RMAN records (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #10] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #11] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #12] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #17] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #18] (Reference)
-
- overwriting existing control files (Administrator's Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- specifying file names (Administrator's Guide)
- warning about setting (Administrator's Guide)
- when creating a database (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- CONTROL_FILES initialization parameter, locating control files (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CONTROL_FILES parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- controlfile clauses
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- controlfile_clauses (SQL Quick Reference)
- controlfiles
-
- standby, creating (SQL Reference)
- controlled development (Security Guide)
- controlled sparsity (OLAP DML Reference)
- controlling
-
- available SGA memory (Data Guard Broker)
- transaction consistency level (Data Guard Broker)
- controlling access
-
- domain name (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- environment variables (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- IP address (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- netmask (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- network (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- controlling distribution of resources (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- controlling query reexecution (Data Provider for .NET Developer's Guide)
- controls
-
- controlling access to (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- controls columns
-
- COMMIT_TIMESTAMP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CSCN$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- OPERATION$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- ROW_ID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- RSID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SOURCE_COLMAP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- SYS_NC_OID$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- TARGET_COLMAP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- interpreting (Data Warehousing Guide)
- TIMESTAMP$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- USERNAME$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSEQ$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDSLT$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- XIDUSN$ (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CONVBUFSZ clause (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CONVBUFSZ clause in VAR statement (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- conventional path Export
-
- compared to direct path (Utilities)
- conventional path load (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- conventional path loads
-
- behavior when discontinued (Utilities)
- compared to direct path loads (Utilities)
- concurrent (Utilities)
- of a single partition (Utilities)
- SQL*Loader bind array (Utilities)
- when to use (Utilities)
- Conventions
-
- description of, Preface (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- Notation, Preface (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- conventions
-
- for text in a module file (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- PL/SQL naming (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- conventions for code input and output, Preface (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- conventions, notation (JPublisher User's Guide)
- conventions, Preface (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- conventions, text format for examples of code input and output, Preface (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- conversation sharing, see APPC conversation sharing
- conversion
-
- between character set ID number and character set name (Globalization Support Guide)
- data types (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- errors (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- explicit functions for PL/SQL (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- functions (SQL Reference)
- JMS messages, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- message headers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- non-JMS messages, about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- rules, string to date (SQL Reference)
- TIB/Rendezvous messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- WebSphere MQ messages (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- conversion functions, PL/SQL
-
- introduction, predefined conversion functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use for PL/SQL types (JPublisher User's Guide)
- use with wrapper functions (JPublisher User's Guide)
- conversion of character sets
-
- during Export/Import (Utilities)
- effect of character set sorting on (Utilities)
- conversion of data
-
- during direct path loads (Utilities)
- conversion of input characters (Utilities)
- conversion, implicit from CLOB to character type (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CONVERSION_FACTOR column
-
- in SDO_ANGLE_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_AREA_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- in SDO_DIST_UNITS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- conversions
-
- character set (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- datatype (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- from binary data to character set (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- functions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- implicit, between CLOB and VARCHAR2 (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- convert
-
- character string (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- character string data types (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- character string operations (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- datatypes
-
- DRDA to Oracle datatypes (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DATE (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- floating point to integer (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- inbound user ID (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- into most suitable data type (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- into most suitable datatype (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SQL (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- to the numeric data type (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- to the numeric datatype (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CONVERT clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (SQL Reference)
- CONVERT command
-
- and DB_FILE_NAME_CONVERT (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- moving data to/from ASM (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- with databases (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- with tablespaces and datafiles (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CONVERT DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CONVERT DATAFILE
-
- moving to/from ASM (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CONVERT DATAFILE or TABLESPACE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- CONVERT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #5] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #7] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL Reference)
- CONVERT procedure (OLAP Reference)
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- convert SQL to make compatible with DB2/400 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CONVERT TABLESPACE
-
- moving to/from ASM (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- convert time zones (Globalization Support Guide)
- convert to cluster database
-
- administrative considerations (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- from non-cluster computer (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- from non-cluster system (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- from single-instance (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- from single-instance to Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- from single-instance to Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- post-conversion (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- reasons not to convert (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- to Oracle Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- to Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_DDL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_ANYDATA_TO_LCR_ROW function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_LCR_TO_XML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_LONG_TO_LOB_CHUNK member procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_NADCON_TO_XML procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_NTV2_TO_XML procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_NVARCHAR procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_RAW_VALUE_ROWID procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- convert_standby_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_GEOM function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_LRS_LAYER function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_DIM_ARRAY function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_GEOM function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_TO_STD_LAYER function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_UNIT function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_LCR function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NADCON procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CONVERT_XML_TO_NTV2 procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- converter, protocol (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- convertible data
-
- data dictionary (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting
-
- a logical standby database to a physical standby database
-
- aborting (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- a physical standby database to a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- dictionary-managed tablespace (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- from single instance to Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- from single-instance to Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- from single-instance to Real Application Clusters (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- geometric segments
-
- overview (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- subprograms for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- single instances to RAC (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- to CLOB (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- to Oracle Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle Databases (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- to Oracle Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- to Real Application Clusters from single-instance Oracle databases (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- with rconfig (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- converting a character string (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- converting character data
-
- CONVERT SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting character data between character sets (Globalization Support Guide)
- converting data (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
- ANSI datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- expression evaluation (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- program interface (Concepts)
- SQL/DS and DB2 datatypes (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- converting data types
-
- decimals to integers (OLAP DML Reference)
- functions for (OLAP DML Reference)
- introduction to (OLAP DML Reference)
- converting rules applications (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- Converting to Oracle Datatypes (SQL Quick Reference)
- CONVERTTOBLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CONVERTTOCLOB procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- convex hull
-
- SDO_AGGR_CONVEXHULL aggregate function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- SDO_CONVEXHULL function (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cookie restrictions (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- cookies (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- cookies, configuring for iSQL*Plus (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- coordinate dimension
-
- ST_CoordDim method (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- coordinate reference systems
-
- See coordinate systems
- coordinate systems (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
-
- conceptual and usage information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- data structures supplied by Oracle (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- example (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- subprogram reference information (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- unit of measurement support (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- coordinated time-based recovery
-
- distributed databases (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- Coordinated Universal Time (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
- coordinates
-
- Cartesian (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geodetic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- geographic (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- local (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- projected (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COORDINATOR process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
-
- LSP background process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- copies
-
- crosschecking (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- COPIES function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- COPIES option
-
- of BACKUP (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- COPY
-
- copying data from the DRDA server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- copying data from the Oracle server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- privilege
-
- configuration worksheet (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- SQL*Plus COPY command
-
- Oracle server to DRDA server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- substituted for INSERT (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- copy allocation operators (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- copy assembly (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- Copy button (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #14] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #15] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #16] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
-
- and @ ("at" sign) (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and ARRAYSIZE variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- and LONG variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- APPEND clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between databases (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- copying data between tables on one database (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- destination table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining actions (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- determining source rows and columns (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- error messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- FROM clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- from Oracle server to DB2/400 Server
-
- compared with triggers (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- examples (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- general restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- INSERT clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- inserting data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- interpreting messages (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- mandatory connect identifier (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- naming the source table with SELECT (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- note regarding limitations (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Oracle Database server to DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- query (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- referring to another user's table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- REPLACE clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- replacing data in a table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- sample command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- service name (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying columns for destination (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- specifying the data to copy (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- TO clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- username/password (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- USING clause (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- Copy icon (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- copy options (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- COPY privilege
-
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- copy procedure (Spatial GeoRaster)
- COPY Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- copy semantics (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
-
- internal LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- COPY SQL*Plus command (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- substituted for INSERT, known restrictions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- Copy Template Wizard (Advanced Replication)
- copy( ) method (interMedia Reference)
- COPY_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_FILE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- COPY_POLICY procedure (Text Reference)
- COPY_TABLE_DEPENDENTS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- COPY_TEMPLATE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- copybook
-
- and data mapping information (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- COBOL (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- sample files (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- COPYCOMMIT variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- relationship to COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYDFN command (OLAP DML Reference)
- copyevolve PL/SQL procedure (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- COPYEVOLVE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CopyForUpdate procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- copying
-
- all or part of a LOB to another LOB
-
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- control files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- data
-
- from the DB2/400 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- from the Oracle Database Server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- to DB2/400 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- LOB locator
-
- internal persistent LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- LOB locator for BFILE (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- the gateway instance, CRTORAGTWI command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- copying data
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- from Oracle database server to SQL Server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from SQL Server to Oracle database server (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- from the DB2 server (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- from the DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- from the Oracle database server (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- from the Oracle server to DRDA Server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- INSERT statement (Heterogeneous Connectivity Administrator's Guide)
- copying definitions (OLAP DML Reference)
- copying DVD to hard drive (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- copying jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- copying text (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COPYTYPECHECK variable (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- COR, see complex object retrieval
- coraenv and oraenv (Administrator's Guide)
- coraenv file (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- CORBA, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- core database
-
- troubleshooting with Core Database Vault Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Core Database Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- Core Database Vault Audit Report (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- core functionality
-
- Oracle COM Automation (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CORE, definition, Glossary (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- CORE_DUMP_DEST initialization parameter (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CORE_DUMP_DEST parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CoreDumpDirectory (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- CORR
-
- SQL analytic function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CORR function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CORR_K function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CORR_S function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- corrected problems
-
- release 4.0.1.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 8.0.6.0.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- release 8.0.6.1.0 & 8.0.4.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 9.0.1.0.1 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- release 9.2.0.1.0 (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- corrective action library, setting up (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- corrective actions
-
- alerts and (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- policies (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- privileges required for (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- corrective service diskette
-
- See CSD
- correlated subqueries (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CORRELATION function (OLAP DML Reference)
- correlation functions
-
- Kendall's tau-b (SQL Reference)
- Pearson's (SQL Reference)
- Spearman's rho (SQL Reference)
- correlation identifier
-
- about (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- and transaction grouping (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- and Virtual Private Database (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- as dequeue condition (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- as message property (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- as MessageSelector (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- dequeuing by specifying (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- getting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- setting in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- with queue table indexes (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- correlation names (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
-
- for base tables of indexes (SQL Reference)
- in DELETE (SQL Reference)
- in SELECT (SQL Reference)
- inline views (Concepts)
- NEW (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- OLD (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- REFERENCING option and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- when preceded by a colon (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- correlation parameter (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- corrupt datafile blocks (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
- detecting (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- maximum acceptable number (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- records in control file (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- recovering (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- RMAN and (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- setting maximum for backup (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- corrupt datafile blocks during backup (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- corruption
-
- detecing in-memory (High Availability Best Practices)
- detecting (High Availability Best Practices)
- detecting redo record (High Availability Best Practices)
- recovery (High Availability Best Practices)
- repairing data block (Administrator's Guide)
- corruption detection (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
- using SET MAXCORRUPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- corruption of package (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- corruptions
-
- preventing memory and data (High Availability Best Practices)
- COS function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- COS SQL function (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- COSH function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- cosine calculation (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- cost
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
-
- getting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- getting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- getting for a path (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- LINK_COST_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- NODE_COST_COLUMN column in network metadata views (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- optimizer calculation (Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting for a link (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- setting for a node (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- COST column
-
- PLAN_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cost matrix (Data Mining Concepts)
- cost matrix table (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- cost model (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- cost_matrix_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- costs (Data Mining Concepts)
-
- of incorrect decision (Data Mining Concepts)
- costs, of backup (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimization (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- distributed databases (Administrator's Guide)
- favoring IN-list iterators (Reference)
- hints (Administrator's Guide)
- using for distributed queries (Administrator's Guide)
- cost-based optimizations (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- procedures for plan stability (Performance Tuning Guide)
- upgrading to (Performance Tuning Guide)
- cost-based rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- couch, self-tipping (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- COUNT
-
- SQL aggregate function (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT attribute of collection types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COUNT function (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- COUNT method
-
- collections (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- COUNT(*) function, returns NUMBER values with precision and scale set to zero (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- COUNT(*) SQL function (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- COUNT_HITS procedure (Text Reference)
- counters, Oracle Counters for Windows Performance Monitor (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- counting hits (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- Country Code (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #3] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #4] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- country codes (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- COUNTVAR property
-
- See $COUNTVAR property
- COURSES.SQL script (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- COVAR_POP function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- COVAR_SAMP function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- coventions
-
- description, Preface (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- COVEREDBY
-
- SDO_COVEREDBY operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- topological relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- COVERS
-
- SDO_COVERS operator (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- topological relationship (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- co-existence between gateways (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- co-links (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CP (Control Point for the Node) (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CPI-C (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
-
- communication error messages (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- create Side Information Profile (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- creating profile in IBM Communications Server (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- function
-
- gateway error messages (Procedural Gateway for APPC Messages Guide for UNIX and Microsoft Windows)
- gateway error messages (Procedural Gateway for APPC Messages Guide for UNIX and Microsoft Windows)
- gateway error messages (Procedural Gateway for APPC Messages Guide for UNIX and Microsoft Windows)
- profiles, creating (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- routine (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- side information profile (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CPI-C profiles
-
- creating
-
- on HP-UX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- on Solaris (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating, on Solaris (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- CPI-C routine (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CPI-C Symbolic Destination Names (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CPP_SUFFIX
-
- precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler option (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPP_SUFFIX precompiler options (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- CPU
-
- load (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- performance problems (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- utilization
- [subentry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- about (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- monitoring (2 Day + Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU and memory
-
- allocation requirements (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- recommended allocation (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- CPU contention (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- CPU requirements (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CPU requirements for applications using Spatial (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CPU scheduling (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- cpu statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CPU time limit (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- CPU usage
-
- tuning (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- CPU_COUNT initialization parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #3] (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CPU_COUNT parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CPU_PER_CALL parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- CPU_PER_SESSION parameter
-
- of ALTER PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- of ALTER RESOURCE COST (SQL Reference)
- of CREATE PROFILE (SQL Reference)
- CPU_PER_SESSION resource profile (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CPUs (Performance Tuning Guide)
-
- statistics (Performance Tuning Guide)
- utilization (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CR_WORKSPACE_MODE system parameter (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- crash recovery (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
- after instance failure (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- bounded (High Availability Best Practices)
- instance failure (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- overview (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- read-only tablespaces (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- crawler (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- classpath (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agents (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler plug-ins (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawling process (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- data sources (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- depth (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- log file (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- crawler.dat configuration file (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting default document titles (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting default document titles (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting default document titles (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting the logging level (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- maintenance crawls (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- monitoring the crawling process (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- overview (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- parameters (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- read-only schedule configuration (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- remote crawler (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- settings (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- statistics (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- URL status codes (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- API (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- functionality (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- sample agent files (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- setting up (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- smart agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- standard agent (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler agent API (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler configuration (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- Crawler Plug-in API (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- APIs and classes (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawler.dat configuration file (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawling depth (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- crawling mode (Secure Enterprise Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE
-
- with PROCEDURE statement (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Create
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CREATE ANY CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY CONTEXT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIMENSION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY DIRECTORY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEX system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY JOB privilege (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY JOB statement
-
- guidelines on managing privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ANY JOB system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY OUTLINE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY SQL PROFILE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TABLE statement (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- CREATE ANY TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
- See also privileges
- CREATE ANY TYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ANY VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Application Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create Application wizard
-
- using spreadsheet data (New Features Guide)
- CREATE BIGFILE TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE BIGFILE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- Create Branch Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create button (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create Button Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE CATALOG command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE clause
-
- in COPY command (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE CLUSTER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- creating clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- for hash clusters (Administrator's Guide)
- HASH IS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- HASHKEYS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- SIZE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- CREATE CLUSTER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE COLLECTION command, installation procedure, setting required parameters (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE command
-
- disabling (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- entering PL/SQL (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- of WRAP utility (New Features Guide)
- supported by COPY (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATE command, supported by COPY (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE CONFIGURATION command (Data Guard Broker)
- [entry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- CREATE CONTEXT statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE parameter (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- CREATE CONTROLFILE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- checking for inconsistencies (Administrator's Guide)
- creating as Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- NORESETLOGS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- Oracle-managed files, using (Administrator's Guide)
- RESETLOGS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- Create Database
-
- option on Creation Options page (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- option on Creation Options screen (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- create database
-
- using scripts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CREATE DATABASE command (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CREATE DATABASE LINK
-
- command, binding package on DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- statement, defining path to remote database (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK command (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK command, and define a path to the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #4] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
-
- ORA-29400 (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- Strict model (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DATABASE parameter (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- [entry #2] (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- CREATE DATABASE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- CONNECT command and (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CONTROLFILE REUSE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- DEFAULT TEMPORARY TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- example of database creation (Administrator's Guide)
- EXTENT MANAGEMENT LOCAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- MAXLOGFILES parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- MAXLOGHISTORY clause (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- MAXLOGMEMBERS parameter (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYS (Administrator's Guide)
- password for SYSTEM (Administrator's Guide)
- setting time zone (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying FORCE LOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- supplies data set names of log files (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- SYSAUX DATAFILE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- used to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE DATABASE statement, client/server configuration (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATE DATAFILE AS clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE DATAFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DBLINK statement (Security Guide)
- CREATE DIMENSION
-
- system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DIMENSION statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE DIRECTORY statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- for BFILEs (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE DISKGROUP statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- examples (High Availability Best Practices)
- [subentry #2] (High Availability Best Practices)
- [subentry #3] (High Availability Best Practices)
- CREATE EXTERNAL JOB privilege (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE EXTERNAL JOB system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE FUNCTION statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #7] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #8] (SQL Reference)
-
- aggregate function (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- Create icon (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE IN privilege
-
- configuration worksheet (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/VM (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATE INDEX
-
- statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE INDEX statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #4] (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #5] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #7] (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #8] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (Text Reference)
-
- CONTEXT (Text Reference)
- CTXCAT (Text Reference)
- CTXRULE (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH (Text Reference)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- failure (Text Reference)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ON CLUSTER clause (Administrator's Guide)
- PARALLEL clause (Performance Tuning Guide)
- partition attributes (Data Warehousing Guide)
- partitioned indexes (Administrator's Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- with a constraint (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE
-
- statement (SQL Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE INDEXTYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE JAVA statement (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Java Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE JOB privilege (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE JOB statement
-
- guidelines on managing privileges (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE JOB system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY command (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CREATE LIBRARY statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE LIBRARY system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW
-
- command, automatically and asynchronously copy DB2/400 server data (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- complete refresh, propagate a complete copy or a subset (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW command (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW LOG statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- enabling query rewrite (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE member, PARMLIB library (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- Create Menu Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create NavBar Entry Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE OPERATOR statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE OPERATOR system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE OUTLINE statement (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY command (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE BODY statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE command (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE PACKAGE statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
- locks (Concepts)
- Create Page button (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create Page Computation Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Create Page Process Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE PFILE statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- Create Policy icon (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- create pre-authorized oracle user
-
- obparameter (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- CREATE PROCEDURE command (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- CREATE PROCEDURE statement
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #5] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #8] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #9] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #10] (Security Guide)
-
- developers (Security Guide)
- embedded (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE PROCEDURE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PROFILE statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
-
- failed login attempts (Security Guide)
- how long account is locked (Security Guide)
- password aging and expiration (Security Guide)
- password management (Security Guide)
- CREATE PROFILE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK privilege
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- binding the DRDA gateway package (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- configuring Oracle integrating server (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATE PUBLIC DATABASE LINK system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE PUBLIC SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Region Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #3] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #4] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE RESTORE POINT command (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE RESTORE POINT statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- activating a clone database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE ROLE statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
-
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE ROLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT statement (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE ROLLBACK SEGMENT system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SCHEMA statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #5] (Security Guide)
-
- multiple tables and views (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE SCRIPT command (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CREATE SEQUENCE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- CACHE option (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- NOCACHE option (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE SEQUENCE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Service page, picture of (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Create Services Page
-
- Enterprise Manager (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CREATE SESSION privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- Export (Utilities)
- Import (Utilities)
- CREATE SESSION role (Services for Microsoft Transaction Server Developer's Guide)
- CREATE SESSION statement (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- CREATE SESSION system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SNAPSHOT command, replaced by CREATE MATERIALIZED VIEW command (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE SPFILE statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SQL statement (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE STANDBY CONTROLFILE clause
-
- of ALTER DATABASE (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #4] (SQL Reference)
- [subentry #5] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE statement (Concepts)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [entry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [entry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [entry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [entry #14] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
-
- AS SYSDBA (Security Guide)
- packages (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- with FUNCTION (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE statement, a DDL statement, if two-phase commit is set to *NO (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE statements
-
- triggers on (SQL Reference)
- CREATE SYNONYM statement (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- locks (Concepts)
- CREATE SYNONYM system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TABLE
-
- command (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- statement (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT
-
- rules of parallelism
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT (CTAS) statements
-
- applied on a logical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE TABLE AS SELECT statement (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #3] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- rules of parallelism
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE command
-
- copy data from DB2/400 server to Oracle Database server (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- passthrough and native DB2/400 SQL (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE TABLE command, job log messages (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CREATE TABLE permissions (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE privilege (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CREATE TABLE statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
- [entry #5] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #6] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
-
- AS SELECT
-
- apply process (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- decision support systems (Data Warehousing Guide)
- rules of parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
- space fragmentation (Data Warehousing Guide)
- temporary storage space (Data Warehousing Guide)
- AS SELECT clause (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- AS SELECT vs. direct-path INSERT (Administrator's Guide)
- auditing (Security Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Security Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Security Guide)
- CACHE clause (Concepts)
- CLUSTER clause (Administrator's Guide)
- column object example (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- COMPRESS clause (Administrator's Guide)
- creating partitioned tables (Administrator's Guide)
- creating temporary table (Administrator's Guide)
- defining integrity constraints (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- developers (Security Guide)
- enable or disable constraints (Concepts)
- FREELIST GROUPS clause (Reference)
- INCLUDING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- index-organized tables (Administrator's Guide)
- INITRANS parameter in (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- locks (Concepts)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- MONITORING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING clause (Administrator's Guide)
- object table example (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object table examples (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- ORGANIZATION EXTERNAL clause (Administrator's Guide)
- OVERFLOW clause (Administrator's Guide)
- parallelism (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- index-organized tables (Data Warehousing Guide)
- parallelizing (Administrator's Guide)
- PCTTHRESHOLD clause (Administrator's Guide)
- storage parameters (Concepts)
- TABLESPACE clause, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- to create BFILE columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- to create BLOB, CLOB columns (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- triggers (Concepts)
- use of (Administrator's Guide)
- XMLType storage (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TABLESPACE statement
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #3] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
- BLOCKSIZE CLAUSE, using (Administrator's Guide)
- FORCE LOGGING clause, using (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, examples (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TABLESPACE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE statement (Concepts)
- CREATE TEMPORARY TABLESPACE statement (Administrator's Guide)
-
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files, example (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE TRIGGER statement (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
-
- compiled and stored (Concepts)
- locks (Concepts)
- object table example (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- REFERENCING option (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- CREATE TRIGGER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TYPE
-
- syntax (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TYPE BODY statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TYPE command
-
- differences between Server Manager and SQL*Plus (Upgrade Guide)
- CREATE TYPE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
-
- See also privileges
- CREATE TYPE statement
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #5] (SQL Reference)
-
- collection types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- dependent types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- example (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- nested tables (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #3] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- OID clause (Advanced Replication)
- [subentry #2] (Advanced Replication)
- varrays (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [subentry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- CREATE TYPE system privilege (SQL Reference)
- CREATE TYPE with OID statement (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- CREATE UNDO TABLESPACE statement
-
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-Managed files, example (Administrator's Guide)
- using to create an undo tablespace (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE UNIQUE INDEX statement
-
- using (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE USER statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
-
- explicit account locking (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED BY option (Security Guide)
- IDENTIFIED EXTERNALLY option (Security Guide)
- monitoring (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- password
-
- expire (Security Guide)
- temporary segments (Concepts)
- CREATE USER system privilege (SQL Reference)
- Create Validations Wizard (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- [entry #2] (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CREATE VIEW statement
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #4] (Security Guide)
-
- about (Administrator's Guide)
- locks (Concepts)
- OR REPLACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- WITH CHECK OPTION (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE VIEW system privilege (SQL Reference)
- create() method
-
- for ORADataFactory interface (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- create_aggregate_service (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_ALTER_TYPE_ERROR_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ANY_WORKSPACE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CREATE_APPLY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- tags (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Replication Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_ATTRIBUTE_SET procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Rules Manager and Expression Filter)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BASELINE function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BIN_CAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BIN_NUM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_BITMAP_AREA_SIZE initialization parameter (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CREATE_BITMAP_AREA_SIZE parameter (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- create_blackout (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_CALL function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CAPTURE procedure
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #3] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- [entry #4] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
-
- capture process
-
- creating (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_CLIP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_COMPARTMENT procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_CONCATENATED_OP procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_CONSUMER_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_DAD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_datafile_clause (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_EDGE_INDEX procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_EDIT_TABLES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_ERROR_LOG Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EVALUATION_CONTEXT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_EVENT_STRUCTURE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_FACE_INDEX procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_FEATURE function (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_FILE Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_FILE_GROUP procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_group (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_GROUP procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- create_incomplete_type (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_COST procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET procedure (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INSTANCE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LABEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LEVEL procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_LINK_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_LOGICAL_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_LRS_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_LRS_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MASTER_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_CAT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_CAT procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_NUM Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MISS_NUM procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MODEL procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MODELDSN(dsn) keyword, ORA$FPS parameter file (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CREATE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for TIB/Rendezvous (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_MSGSYSTEM_LINK Procedure for WebSphere MQ (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_mv_refresh (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPGROUP procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_MVIEW_REPOBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication)
- [entry #2] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #3] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #4] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #5] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #6] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #7] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- [entry #8] (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_nested_table_type (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_NODE_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_NORM_LIN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT_DEPENDENCY procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_OBJECT_FROM_EXISTING function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_object_type (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_OBVIOUS_EPSG_RULES procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_OUTLINE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PATH_LINK_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_PATH_TABLE procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_PENDING_AREA procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PIPE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PLAN procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_PLAN_DIRECTIVE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- inverse groups (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_GROUP procedure (Security Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREF_CONCATENATED_OP procedure (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PROPAGATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_RDF_MODEL procedure (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CREATE_RDF_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- create_red_group (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_REF_CONSTRAINTS procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_REFRESH_TEMPLATE procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION procedure (Text Reference)
- create_role (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_RULE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_RULE_CLASS procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_RULE_SET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (Streams Concepts and Administration)
- CREATE_RULEBASE procedure (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CREATE_RULES_INDEX procedure (Spatial Resource Description Framework)
- CREATE_SCHEDULE procedure (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SDO_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- [entry #2] (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP procedure (Text Reference)
- create_service (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_SERVICE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SERVICE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SIMPLE_PLAN procedure
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
-
- Database Resource Manager (Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_SNAPSHOT function and procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SQLSET procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_SQLWKLD Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STAT_TABLE procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_SQLPROF Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STGTAB_SQSET Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Reference)
- [entry #4] (SQL Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CREATE_STORED_OUTLINES parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- create_system (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_TABLE_COST procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TASK Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_OBJECT procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_TEMPLATE_PARM function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS function (Text Reference)
- CREATE_TOPO_MAP procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_TOPO_NETWORK procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_TOPOLOGY procedure (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- CREATE_TRANSFORMATION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_TRANSLATION procedure (Text Reference)
- CREATE_TUNING_TASK functions (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- create_user (Enterprise Manager Command Line Interface)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_AUTHORIZATION procedure (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- CREATE_USER_PARM_VALUE function (Advanced Replication Management API Reference)
- create_varray_type (SQL Quick Reference)
- CREATE_VERSION procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATE_VIEW procedure (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
- CREATE_WORKSPACE privilege (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CREATE_WRAPPED command
-
- of WRAP utility (New Features Guide)
- CREATE_WRAPPED function
-
- obfuscation (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CREATE_WRAPPED Procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEATTRIBUTE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createAttribute() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createAttributeNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createBlank function (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CREATECDATASECTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createCDATASection() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATECOMMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createComment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createConnection() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CreateCustomDynaset method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- createCustomMeasure method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- createCustomMember method
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CREATEDATASTOREPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDescriptor() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createDMLTrigger procedure (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CREATEDOCUMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDocument() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEDOCUMENTFRAGMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createDocumentFragment() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDocumentType() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createDOMParser() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEELEMENT function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createElement() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createElementNS() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEENTITYREFERENCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createEntityReference() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEFILTERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEFOLDER function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEIN privilege
-
- DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATEIN privilege, DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- CREATEINDEX procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATELEXERPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createListSource method
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- createMessage() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createNodeIterator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATENONSCHEMABASEDXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateObject
-
- PL/SQL API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- CREATEOIDPATH function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createParameterizedSource method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #3] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #4] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CREATEPREFERENCES procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEPROCESSINGINSTRUCTION function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createProcessingInstruction() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createRange() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createRangeSource method, example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CREATERESOURCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateSavepoint procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- createSAXParser() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATESCHEMABASEDXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createSchemaValidator() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATESECTIONGROUPPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateSQL method (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- createSQLCursorManager method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- createStandardCustomMember method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- createStatement() (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- createStatement() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATESTOPLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATESTORAGEPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATETAB authority (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATETAB privilege
-
- DB2/OS390 (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- DB2/UDB (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- CREATETEMPORARY Procedures (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createTemporary() method (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CREATETEXTNODE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createTextNode() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createTimeCustomMember method (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- createTreeWalker() (XML C++ API Reference)
- CREATEURI function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #2] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [entry #3] (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CreateWorkspace procedure (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- CREATEWORLDLISTPREF procedure (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CREATEXML function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- createXML() XMLType method (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- createXPathCompiler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPathCompProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPathProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXPointerProcessor() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslCompiler() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslExtendedTransformer() (XML C++ API Reference)
- createXslTransformer() (XML C++ API Reference)
- Creating
-
- transaction log table (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [subentry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- creating
-
- .NET stored procedure sor functions (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- a broker configuration (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #5] (Data Guard Broker)
-
- with the Add Standby Database wizard (Data Guard Broker)
- a database
-
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- setting block size (Reference)
- a database link (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- a message queue profile (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- a new directory (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- a new password file (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- a schedule (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- a schedule interval string (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
- a standby database (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #2] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #3] (Data Guard Broker)
- [subentry #4] (Data Guard Broker)
- an instance of the data source object (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- an interface profile and generating a MIP (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- AQ agents (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- AQjms agent (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- chains (Administrator's Guide)
- control files (Administrator's Guide)
- CPI-C and mode definitions (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- custom reports (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- DAD (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (HTTP Server mod_plsql User's Guide)
- data profiles (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- database forms (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- database link (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- database using Automatic Storage Management (Administrator's Guide)
- disk group (Administrator's Guide)
- DurableSubscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- dynaset from OraCollection (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- event schedule (Administrator's Guide)
- event-based job (Administrator's Guide)
- function, demo (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- functions (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- geometric segments
-
- subprograms for (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- indexes on logical standby databases (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- JMS AdtMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS BytesMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS Connection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS MapMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS Message (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS ObjectMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS Session (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS StreamMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- JMS TextMessage (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- job classes (Administrator's Guide)
- jobs (Administrator's Guide)
- link station (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- local LU names (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- log rotation jobs for Application Server (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Messaging Gateway administration user (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- Messaging Gateway agent user (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- Messaging Gateway propagation subscriber (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- mode profiles, on AIX (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- new product installation directory (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- nonpersistent queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- objects (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- Oracle Real Application Clusters database
-
- by using Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- by using Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- by using Database Configuration Assistant (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- packages (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- partner LUs (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- point-to-point queue in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- procedures (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- programs (Administrator's Guide)
- propagation schedule with Messaging Gateway (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- propagations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- public database link (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- publish/subscribe Topic in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- queue tables (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- QueueBrowser (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- QueueConnection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #4] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- QueueReceiver (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- queues (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
-
- in JMS (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- QueueSender (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- QueueSession (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- Real Application Clusters database
-
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- with Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- with the Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- remote node definition (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- report definitions (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- rowsets (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- savepoints (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- Scheduler windows (Administrator's Guide)
- schedules (Administrator's Guide)
- sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- server parameter files (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- services (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- SNA definitions for the gateway (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- SNAPlus2 definitions (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- SNAPlus2 profiles (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- SNAplus2 profiles (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- standby database
-
- that use OMF (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- that use OMF (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log files (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- stored procedures (Extensions for .NET Developer's Guide)
- subscribers (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- systems (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- tables
-
- manually, before import (Utilities)
- test databases (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- the administrative user (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- TIB/Rendezvous link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- TopicConnection (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #3] (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- TopicPublisher (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- TopicSession (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- traditional initialization parameter file
-
- for physical standby database (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- transformations (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- user-defined metric (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- VARRAY collection type (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
- WebSphere MQ base Java link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- WebSphere MQ JMS link (Streams Advanced Queuing User's Guide and Reference)
- window groups (Administrator's Guide)
- workspaces (Application Developer's Guide - Workspace Manager)
- creating a database
-
- steps (2 Day DBA)
- using standalone DBCA (2 Day DBA)
- creating a database link (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating a database with Unicode datatypes (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating a monitoring script (Enterprise Manager Advanced Configuration)
- creating a PLAN_TABLE (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating a raw device mapping file (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- creating a TIP
-
- (detailed) (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- overview (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #3] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- [subentry #4] (Procedural Gateway for APPC User's Guide for UNIX)
- creating a Unicode database (Globalization Support Guide)
- creating a volume group (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- creating a volume group directory (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- creating alias library (Procedural Gateway for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- [entry #2] (Procedural Gateway for Websphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- creating an audit trail (Security Guide)
- creating an index report (Text Reference)
- creating context handles
-
- getCtx (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- creating database links (Administrator's Guide)
-
- connected user (Administrator's Guide)
- connected user scenarios (Administrator's Guide)
- current user (Administrator's Guide)
- current user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- examples (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user (Administrator's Guide)
- fixed user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- obtaining necessary privileges (Administrator's Guide)
- private (Administrator's Guide)
- public (Administrator's Guide)
- service names within link names (Administrator's Guide)
- shared (Administrator's Guide)
- shared connected user scenario (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying types (Administrator's Guide)
- creating databases (Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Label Security Administrator's Guide)
-
- backing up the new database (Administrator's Guide)
- default temporary tablespace, specifying (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- manually from a script (Administrator's Guide)
- overriding default tablespace type (Administrator's Guide)
- planning (Administrator's Guide)
- preparing to (Administrator's Guide)
- prerequisites for (Administrator's Guide)
- problems encountered while (Administrator's Guide)
- setting default tablespace type (Administrator's Guide)
- specifying bigfile tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- UNDO TABLESPACE clause (Administrator's Guide)
- upgrading to a new release (Administrator's Guide)
- using Database Configuration Assistant (Administrator's Guide)
- using Oracle-managed files (Administrator's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Administrator's Guide)
- with locally managed tablespaces (Administrator's Guide)
- creating datafiles (Administrator's Guide)
- creating device names (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- creating devices
-
- on Linux systems (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating flat files (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating IBM communications server definitions for the gateway
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating identical users (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- creating indexes
-
- after inserting table data (Administrator's Guide)
- associated with integrity constraints (Administrator's Guide)
- NOLOGGING (Administrator's Guide)
- USING INDEX clause (Administrator's Guide)
- creating local LUs
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating logical volumes (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- creating object types (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating partner LUs
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating peer connections
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating PLUSTRACE role (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating raw logical volumes (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- creating required X library symbolic links (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #6] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- creating sample tables, Preface (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating sequences (Administrator's Guide)
- Creating Statistics Table (PowerCartUserStats) (Data Cartridge Developer's Guide)
- creating synonyms (Administrator's Guide)
- creating temporary LOB (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- creating the configuration
-
- on Linux systems (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating the CPI-C side information profile
-
- on Linux (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating the node
-
- on Linux systems (Procedural Gateway for APPC Installation and Configuration Guide for UNIX)
- creating the PRODUCT_USER_PROFILE table (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
- creating VARRAYs
-
- containing references to LOBs (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- creating views (Administrator's Guide)
- creating volume groups (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- creating, savepoints (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- creation, analytic workspaces (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- credentials
-
- setting preferred (2 Day DBA)
- credentials, setting up preferred (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- CRISP_DM
-
- ODM support for (Data Mining Concepts)
- CRISP-DM (Data Mining Concepts)
- crit (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- critical patch advisories (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
-
- managing (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- providing (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Critical Patch Facility (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Critical Patch metadata, downloading (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- Critical URL Monitoring, as substitute for Management Agent (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- CRL (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRLAdmins directory administrative group (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- CRLs
-
- disabling on server (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- where to store them (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cron job, in agentDownload script (Enterprise Manager Agent Download Installation Readme)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- cross all mountpoints statements (Secure Backup Reference)
- cross joins (SQL Reference)
- cross local mountpoints statement (Secure Backup Reference)
- cross remote mountpoints statement (Secure Backup Reference)
- cross site scripting (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- Cross System Communication Facility (XCF) (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CROSSCHECK command (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Reference)
- CROSSCHECK command, RMAN (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- crosschecking
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
-
- backups and copies (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- definition (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- on multiple channels (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- recovery catalog with the media manager (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- crosstab bean (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- crosstab view
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- navigating Cursor for, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cross-instance archival
-
- in Real Application Clusters configurations (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- standby redo log files and (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- using the log writer process (Data Guard Concepts and Administration)
- cross-memory address spaces (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- cross-memory services, z/OS (User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- cross-node registration (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- cross-platform transportable database (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
-
- transport script (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- cross-platform transportable tablespace (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- cross-schema considerations
-
- topology editing (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- topology usage (Spatial Topology and Network Data Models)
- cross-schema index creation (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- cross-schema support with GeoRaster (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CRS
-
- OCR restriction (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- raw device for OCR (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- raw device for OCR on AIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- See Cluster Ready Services (CRS)
- voting disk restriction (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- CRS home
-
- Windows-based system (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- crs_getperm (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS_HOME (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS_home
-
- choosing (2 Day + Real Application Clusters Guide)
- crs_profile (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_register (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_relocate (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_setperm (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_start (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_stat (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_stop (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crs_unregister (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRS. See Oracle Clusterware
- CRSCTL
-
- overview and concepts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- crsctl command (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #3] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- CRSD (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- crsd (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
-
- purpose (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- CRSD process
-
- OCR backups (High Availability Best Practices)
- CRTLF command, accessing OS/400 file members (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORADDB command
-
- description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAGTWI command
-
- description (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- instructions (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTORAPKG command
-
- caution, ensure that your Oracle server and your network connection are active before running CRTORAPKG (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- displaying the Oracle SQL Package - panel (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- failure due to severity level (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- precompile, compile, and bind sample programs (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- purpose of command (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTSQLxxx command
-
- Access Manager default user ID (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- Calling Oracle Access Manager during package creation (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- IBM command for connection management (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- IBM command to pre-process file (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- known restriction with RDBCNNMTH parameter (Access Manager for AS/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- CRTUSRPRF command, creating user profile, message queue created in QUSRSYS library (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- cryptographic hardware devices (Advanced Security Administrator's Guide)
- cryptographic hash functions (Secure Backup Administrator's Guide)
- cryptography, Glossary (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- CS_SRS table (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CSA (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- CSA storage (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- [entry #2] (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- CSALTER script (Globalization Support Guide)
- [entry #2] (Globalization Support Guide)
-
- checking phase (Globalization Support Guide)
- running (Globalization Support Guide)
- updating phase (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSCN$
-
- control column (Data Warehousing Guide)
- CSD
-
- download location for MQSeries (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
-
- on Tru64 UNIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- download location for WebSphere MQ (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #10] (Vault Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Vault Installation Guide for HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #12] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #13] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #14] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
-
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- on Solaris (Vault Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- requirements (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #3] (Companion CD Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #4] (Companion CD Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Companion CD Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
-
- on Linux (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- on Linux (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- on Linux (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- on Linux (Companion CD Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- on Linux (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- on Solaris (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- on Solaris (Companion CD Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- on Solaris (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- on Tru64 UNIX (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- csh.login file (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- csh.login.local file (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #7] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #8] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #9] (Vault Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- CSID parameter
-
- setting OCILobRead and OCILobWrite to OCI_UCS2ID (Application Developer's Guide - Large Objects)
- CSM$COLUMNS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$ERRORS table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSM$TABLES table (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMIG user (Globalization Support Guide)
- csminst.sql script
-
- running (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$COLUMNS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$CONSTRAINTS view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$ERROR view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$INDEXES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSMV$TABLES view (Globalization Support Guide)
- CSS (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [entry #12] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- CCSD, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- OCCSD (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #7] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #8] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #9] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #10] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #11] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CSS and XSL (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CSS classes
-
- charts (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CSS Repository (HTML DB User's Guide (1.6))
- CSS, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- CSS. See Cluster Synchronization Services
- CSSCAN
-
- COLUMN parameter (New Features Guide)
- QUERY parameter (New Features Guide)
- selective analysis of data (New Features Guide)
- CSSD, Preface (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [entry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [entry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [entry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [entry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- ctldaemon command (Secure Backup Reference)
- Ctx Datatypes (XML C++ API Reference)
- [entry #2] (XML C++ API Reference)
-
- encoding (XML C++ API Reference)
- encodings (XML C++ API Reference)
- Ctx package for C++ (XML C++ API Reference)
- CTX_ADM package
-
- MARK_FAILED (Text Reference)
- RECOVER (Text Reference)
- SET_PARAMETER (Text Reference)
- CTX_ADM package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_ADM.MARK_FAILED (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLASSES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS
-
- CLUSTERING (Text Reference)
- TRAIN (Text Reference)
- CTX_CLS package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_CLS.TRAIN procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DDL package
-
- ADD_ATTR_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_FIELD_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA (Text Reference)
- ADD_MDATA_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_SPECIAL_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOP_SECTION (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- ADD_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- ADD_SUB_LEXER (Text Reference)
- ADD_ZONE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- COPY_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_INDEX_SET (Text Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_SECTION_GROUP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- DROP_POLICY (Text Reference)
- DROP_PREFERENCE (Text Reference)
- DROP_STOPLIST (Text Reference)
- OPTIMIZE_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_MDATA (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SECTION (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPCLASS (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPTHEME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_STOPWORD (Text Reference)
- REPLACE_INDEX_METADATA (Text Reference)
- SET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- UNSET_ATTRIBUTE (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_DDL.ADD_INDEX procedure (Text Reference)
- CTX_DDL.SYNC_INDEX procedure (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DOC package (Text Reference)
-
- FILTER (Text Reference)
- GIST (Text Reference)
- HIGHLIGHT (Text Reference)
- IFILTER (Text Reference)
- MARKUP (Text Reference)
- PKENCODE (Text Reference)
- POLICY_FILTER (Text Reference)
- POLICY_GIST (Text Reference)
- POLICY_HIGHLIGHT (Text Reference)
- POLICY_MARKUP (Text Reference)
- POLICY_SNIPPET (Text Reference)
- POLICY_THEMES (Text Reference)
- POLICY_TOKENS (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- SET_KEY_TYPE (Text Reference)
- SNIPPET (Text Reference)
- THEMES (Text Reference)
- TOKENS (Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_DOC_KEY_TYPE system parameter (Text Reference)
- CTX_DOC.POLICY_SNIPPET procedure (New Features Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_DOC.SNIPPET procedure (New Features Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_ITEM_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- CTX_FEEDBACK_TYPE type (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view
-
- views
-
- CTX_INDEX_SET_INDEXES (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTE_LOV view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECT_ATTRIBUTES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT package (Text Reference)
-
- ADD_EVENT (Text Reference)
- ADD_TRACE (Text Reference)
- END_LOG (Text Reference)
- GET_TRACE_VALUE (Text Reference)
- LOG_TRACES (Text Reference)
- LOGFILENAME (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_EVENT (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_TRACE (Text Reference)
- RESET_TRACE (Text Reference)
- START_LOG (Text Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_OUTPUT.END_QUERY_LOG (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_OUTPUT.START_QUERY_LOG (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_PARAMETERS view (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY package
-
- BROWSE_WORDS (Text Reference)
- COUNT_HITS (Text Reference)
- EXPLAIN (Text Reference)
- HFEEDBACK (Text Reference)
- REMOVE_SQE (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- STORE_SQE (Text Reference)
- CTX_QUERY package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_QUERY.disable_transactional_query session variable (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT output format (Text Reference)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
- [entry #4] (Text Reference)
- [entry #5] (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT package (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Reference)
- CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_INDEX (Text Reference)
- DESCRIBE_POLICY (Text Reference)
- function versions of procedures (Text Reference)
- INDEX_SIZE (Text Reference)
- INDEX_STATS (Text Reference)
- QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Reference)
- TOKEN_INFO (Text Reference)
- TOKEN_TYPE (Text Reference)
- CTX_REPORT package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_REPORT_QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT_TOKEN_TYPE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.CREATE_INDEX_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.CREATE_POLICY_SCRIPT (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_INDEX (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.DESCRIBE_POLICY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.INDEX_SIZE (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.INDEX_STATS (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.QUERY_LOG_SUMMARY (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_REPORT.TOKEN_INFO (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTX_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES package
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ALTER_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- ALTER_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- BT (Text Reference)
- BTG (Text Reference)
- BTI (Text Reference)
- BTP (Text Reference)
- CREATE_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- CREATE_RELATION (Text Reference)
- CREATE_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- DROP_PHRASE (Text Reference)
- DROP_RELATION (Text Reference)
- DROP_THESAURUS (Text Reference)
- NT (Text Reference)
- NTG (Text Reference)
- NTI (Text Reference)
- NTP (Text Reference)
- OUTPUT_STYLE (Text Reference)
- PT (Text Reference)
- result tables (Text Reference)
- RT (Text Reference)
- SN (Text Reference)
- SYN (Text Reference)
- THES_TT (Text Reference)
- TR (Text Reference)
- TRSYN (Text Reference)
- TT (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_THES.CREATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.DROP_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THES.UPDATE_TRANSLATION (Text Reference)
- CTX_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_TRACE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_ULEXER package (Text Reference)
- CTX_ULEXER package documentation (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_ERRORS view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Text Reference)
-
- example (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_OBJECTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SET_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SETS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEX_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_INDEXES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PENDING view (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCE_VALUES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_PREFERENCES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTION_GROUPS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SECTIONS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SQES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPLISTS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_STOPWORDS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_SUB_LEXERS view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THES_PHRASES view (Text Reference)
- CTX_USER_THESAURI view (Text Reference)
- CTX_VERSION view (Text Reference)
- CTXAPP role (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT grammar (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXCAT index
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- about performance (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- automatic synchronization (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- supported preferences (Text Reference)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- unsupported preferences (Text Reference)
- ctxkbtc
-
- example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- ctxkbtc complier (Text Reference)
- ctxlc (lexical compiler) (Text Reference)
- ctxload
- [entry #2] (Text Reference)
-
- examples (Text Reference)
- import file structure (Text Reference)
- load thesaurus example (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXRULE Asian language support (New Features Guide)
- CTXRULE index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- allowable queries (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and Asian languages (Text Reference)
- and multilingual support (Text Reference)
- and USER_LEXER (Text Reference)
- creating (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- default parameters (Text Reference)
- lexer types (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- limitations (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- parameters (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CTXSYS (Security Guide)
- CTXSYS administrative user name (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- CTXSYS user (2 Day DBA)
- [entry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Ultra Search Administrator's Guide)
-
- and DBA permissions (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and effective user (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- and procedure ownership (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CREATE TABLE permissions (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- migrating procedures owned by (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- preferences (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- synching and optimizing other indexes (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXSYS.AUTO_FILTER system preference (Text Reference)
- CTXSYS.DRVODM (Data Mining Application Developer's Guide)
- CTXSYS.INSO_FILTER system preference (deprecated) (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH index (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (XML DB Developer's Guide)
-
- about (Text Application Developer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Text Reference)
- storage preferences (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- syntax (Text Reference)
- CTXXPATH indextype
-
- creating (Text Reference)
- CUBE clause (Data Warehousing Guide)
-
- of SELECT statements (SQL Reference)
- partial (Data Warehousing Guide)
- when to use (Data Warehousing Guide)
- cubes
- [entry #2] (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
-
- creating (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- description (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- hierarchical (Data Warehousing Guide)
- in analytic workspaces (OLAP Reference)
- in OLAP metadata (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- mapping (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- CUBIC resampling method (Spatial GeoRaster)
- CUME_DIST (aggregate) function (SQL Quick Reference)
- CUME_DIST (analytic) function (SQL Quick Reference)
- CUME_DIST function (Data Warehousing Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CUMSUM function (OLAP DML Reference)
- cumulative distributions (SQL Reference)
- cumulative incremental backups (Backup and Recovery Advanced User's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Backup and Recovery Basics)
- cumulative totals (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- CURRDEGREE (sidENV variable) (Transparent Gateway for DB2 Installation and User's Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- currencies
-
- formats (Globalization Support Guide)
- Currency
-
- Java API (COM Automation Feature Developer's Guide)
- currency (Reference)
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- group separators (SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- international currency symbol (Reference)
- currency symbol
-
- ISO (SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- local (SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- union (SQL Quick Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL Reference)
- current
-
- analytic workspace (OLAP DML Reference)
- status See current status list
- current blocks (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- current directory (OLAP DML Reference)
-
- changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- identifying (OLAP DML Reference)
- current mode
-
- TKPROF (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CURRENT OF clause
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- example (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- example of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- mimicking with ROWID (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- with UPDATE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURRENT of cluase (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- example (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- mimicking with ROWID (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of embedded SQL DELETE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- of embedded SQL UPDATE command (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- current outfile (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- current position in a Cursor, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- current release
-
- upgrading spatial data to (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- current row
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using FETCH to retrieve (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- current status list
-
- changing (OLAP DML Reference)
- definition of (OLAP DML Reference)
- restoring (OLAP DML Reference)
- retrieving values of (OLAP DML Reference)
- saving (OLAP DML Reference)
- See also status lists
- setting (OLAP DML Reference)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP DML Reference)
- current user database links
-
- advantages and disadvantages (Administrator's Guide)
- cannot access in shared schema (Administrator's Guide)
- definition (Administrator's Guide)
- example (Administrator's Guide)
- schema independence (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRENT_BIND attribute (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_DATE function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_DATE SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- CURRENT_INSTANCE function (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- CURRENT_SCHEMA attribute, USERENV (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_SCHEMA session parameter (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_SCHEMAID attribute (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_SQL attribute (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_SQL_LENGTH attribute (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_SQL1 to CURRENT_SQL7 attributes (Security Guide)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CURRENT_TIMESTAMP SQL function (Globalization Support Guide)
- CURRENT_USER clause
-
- of CREATE DATABASE LINK (SQL Reference)
- CURRVAL
-
- pseudocolumn (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURRVAL pseudocolumn (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- [entry #3] (SQL Reference)
- CURRVAL pseudo-column (Administrator's Guide)
-
- restrictions (Administrator's Guide)
- CURRVAL psuedocolumn (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor
- [entry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- allocating (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- association with query (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- child (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- closing (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- concept of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- declaration of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- declaring (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- defining the number of (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- effects on performance (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- explicit versus implicit (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- name of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- namespace for (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- number of cursors, DRDA_PACKAGE_SECTIONS (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- opening (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- parent (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- reopening (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restricted scope of (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- restrictions (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- stability, DRDA_ISOLATION_LEVEL (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for DRDA Installation and User's Guide for UNIX)
- syntax of (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using for multiple row query (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- using in queries (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor and cursor variable
-
- definitions (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- cursor attributes
-
- %BULK_EXCEPTIONS (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %BULK_ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %FOUND (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ISOPEN (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %NOTFOUND (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- %ROWCOUNT (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- values after OPEN, FETCH, and CLOSE (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor cache
- [entry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #4] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [entry #6] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
-
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- gathering stastics about (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- gathering statistics about (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*PL/1 Supplement to the Oracle Precompilers Guide)
- cursor cancellation (Oracle Call Interface Programmer's Guide)
- cursor chache
-
- purpose (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- Cursor class
-
- architecture, advantages of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cursor close behavior (System Administration Guide for IBM z/OS (OS/390))
- cursor control statements
-
- example of typical sequence (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- cursor declarations
- [entry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR expression (Application Developer's Guide - Object-Relational Features)
- [entry #2] (SQL Quick Reference)
- CURSOR expressions (SQL Reference)
- cursor expressions
-
- examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- REF CURSORs (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor FOR loops
-
- passing parameters to (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- Cursor loops
-
- restrictions (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #2] (Transparent Gateway for Informix Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #3] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #4] (Transparent Gateway for Ingres II Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #5] (Transparent Gateway for Microsoft SQL Server Administrator's Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #6] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #7] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #8] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for IBM AIX)
- [subentry #9] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #10] (Transparent Gateway for Sybase Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- [subentry #11] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for HP-UX)
- [subentry #12] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC))
- [subentry #13] (Transparent Gateway for Teradata Administrator's Guide for Windows)
- Cursor objects
-
- created in the current Transaction (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- current position, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager objects for creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent calculation, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- extent definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- faster and slower varying components (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- fetch size definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting children of, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- getting the values of, examples (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- methods of creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- parent starting and ending position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- position (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- Source objects for which you cannot create (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- span, definition (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying fetch size for a table view, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- specifying the behavior of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- starting and ending positions of a value, example of calculating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- structure (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cursor operations
-
- overview of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- Cursor Stability (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- cursor stability, journaling (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- cursor subqueries
-
- using (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR syntax (nested tables) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- cursor varaible
-
- opening (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor variable
-
- closing (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- fetching from (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- cursor variable parameters (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #8] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #9] (SQL*Plus User's Guide and Reference)
-
- advantages (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- advantages of (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- as parameters to table functions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- avoiding errors with (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- closing (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- defining (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- fetching from (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- heap memory usage (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- links to examples (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- must use late binding (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- not available for Ada (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- opening (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
-
- anonymous block (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedure (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- opening in a standalone stored procedure (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- passing as parameters (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- reducing network traffic (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- restrictions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- return types (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- syntax (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- using as a host variable (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cursor variables, restrictions on (SQL*Module for Ada Programmer's Guide)
- cursor, scope (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- CURSOR_ALREADY_OPEN exception (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- CURSOR_NUM column
-
- TKPROF_TABLE table (Performance Tuning Guide)
- CURSOR_SHARING
-
- setting to FORCE to enable XPath rewrite (XML DB Developer's Guide)
- CURSOR_SHARING initialization parameter (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #2] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #3] (Performance Tuning Guide)
- [entry #4] (Reference)
-
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- CURSOR_SHARING_EXACT hint (SQL Reference)
- CURSOR_SPACE_FOR_TIME initialization parameter
- [entry #2] (Reference)
-
- setting (Performance Tuning Guide)
- setting with ALTER SYSTEM (SQL Reference)
- tuning Oracle Database (Administrator's Reference for UNIX-Based Operating Systems)
- CursorInfoSpecification interface (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorInput class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorInput objects
-
- compared to Parameter objects (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManager objects
-
- closing before rolling back a Transaction (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- creating, example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- methods of creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- updating the CursorManagerSpecification (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerSpecification class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
-
- creating object, example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [subentry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerUpdateEvent class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorManagerUpdateListener class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorName
-
- limitations (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CursorPrintWriter.java (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cursors
- [entry #2] (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [entry #3] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP DML Reference)
- [entry #5] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #6] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [entry #7] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
-
- accessing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- advantages of using cursor variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- allocating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- allocating a cursor variable (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- analogy for (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- and closing database links (Administrator's Guide)
- association with queries (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- association with query (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- attributes of explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- attributes of implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- cached (SQL Reference)
- canceling (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- closing (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- closing (SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- closing explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- creating (Concepts)
- DBMS_SQL package (PL/SQL Packages and Types Reference)
- declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- declaring and opening cursor variables (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- declaring explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- defined (Concepts)
- definition (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- definition of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- effects on performance (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- embedded SQL (Concepts)
- explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- explicit FOR loops (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- explicit versus implicit (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- expressions (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- fetching from (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- fetching rows from (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- for multirow queries (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- guidelines for implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- how handling affects performance (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- implicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- importing (SQL) (OLAP DML Reference)
- maximum number of (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- movement through active set (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- naming (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- object dependencies and (Concepts)
- OPEN_CURSORS initialization parameter (Reference)
- opening (Concepts)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #5] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #6] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #7] (Programmer's Guide to the Oracle Precompilers)
- opening explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- packaged (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- parameterized (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- pointers to (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- private SQL areas and (Application Developer's Guide - Fundamentals)
- [subentry #2] (Concepts)
- [subentry #3] (Concepts)
- purpose of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- recursive (Concepts)
- recursive SQL and (Concepts)
- REF CURSOR variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- reopening (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #3] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #4] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restricted scope of (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- restrictions on declaring (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- RETURN clause (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- rules for naming (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- scope of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- scope rules for explicit (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- scrollable (Concepts)
- scrollable cursors (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- shared (Security Guide)
- shared pool (Reference)
- sharing (Performance Tuning Guide)
- statements for manipulating (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- stored procedures and (Concepts)
- SYS_REFCURSOR type (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- types of (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- using for multirow queries (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- using more than one (Pro*C/C++ Precompiler Programmer's Guide)
- [subentry #2] (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- variables (PL/SQL User's Guide and Reference)
- when closed automatically (Pro*COBOL Programmer's Guide)
- cursors for DB2/400, maximum number (Transparent Gateway for DB2/400 Installation and User's Guide for IBM iSeries OS/400)
- cursors, maximum open (Procedural Gateway Visual Workbench for WebSphere MQ Installation and User's Guide for Microsoft Windows (32-Bit))
- CursorSpecification class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- [entry #2] (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorSpecification objects
-
- getting from a CursorManagerSpecification, example (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CursorType
-
- tips for ADO programmers (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Custom
-
- disk space requirements (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- custom
-
- dimension members, creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- dimension members, interface for (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- dimension members, new feature, Preface (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- MdmMeasure, creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- MdmMeasureDimension member, creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- metadata objects, creating (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- custom applications, APIs for (Vault Administrator's Guide)
- custom collection classes
-
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom connection manager (XML Developer's Kit Programmer's Guide)
- custom database
-
- archiving mode (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Platform Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- failure groups for ASM (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- failure groups for Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- requirements when using ASM (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #2] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #3] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #4] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #5] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #6] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- requirements when using Automatic Storage Management (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #13] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #14] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #15] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [subentry #16] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #17] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #18] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #19] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #20] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #21] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #22] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #23] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #24] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #25] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #26] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #27] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #28] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #29] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #30] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Microsoft Windows Platforms)
- [subentry #31] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #32] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #33] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- custom error objects
-
- interfaces supported (Provider for OLE DB Developer's Guide)
- Custom installation (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #2] (Data Mining Administrator's Guide)
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- custom installation (Security Guide)
- [entry #2] (Security Guide)
- [entry #3] (Security Guide)
- Custom installation type (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- about (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- connecting to database (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- noninteractive installation (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- reasons for choosing (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [subentry #4] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [subentry #5] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [subentry #6] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [subentry #7] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [subentry #8] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [subentry #9] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [subentry #10] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [subentry #11] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [subentry #12] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [subentry #13] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- [subentry #14] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for AIX)
- [subentry #15] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for HP Tru64)
- [subentry #16] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for Solaris Operating System)
- [subentry #17] (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation and Configuration Guide for hp HP-UX PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- response file (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- custom installation type
-
- about (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- response file (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [subentry #2] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [subentry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- custom Java classes (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
-
- about custom Java classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- compiling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- examples (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- extending (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- generation by JPublisher (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- mapping to alternative classes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- reading and writing data (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- requirements (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- sample class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying member names (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- strongly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- support for object methods (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- using to serialize object (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- weakly typed, definition (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom link files (Administrator's Reference for hp OpenVMS)
- custom log (HTTP Server Administrator's Guide)
- custom measures
- [entry #2] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #3] (OLAP Reference)
- [entry #4] (OLAP Reference)
-
- BI Beans support (OLAP Application Developer's Guide)
- creating with OLAP Analytic Workspace Java API (OLAP Reference)
- examples with OLAP_EXPRESSION (OLAP Reference)
- custom object classes
-
- creating (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom port numbers (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- custom reference classes
-
- and JPublisher (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defined (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- [subentry #2] (JDBC Developer's Guide and Reference)
- custom reports (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- custom.rsp file (Client Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #3] (Client Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Client Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #5] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #6] (Client Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #7] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #8] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #9] (Client Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #10] (Client Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #11] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #12] (Client Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
- [entry #13] (Installation Guide for AIX 5L Based Systems (64-Bit))
- [entry #14] (Installation Guide for IBM zSeries Based Linux)
- [entry #15] (Installation Guide for Linux Itanium)
- [entry #16] (Installation Guide for Linux on POWER)
- [entry #17] (Installation Guide for Linux x86)
- [entry #18] (Installation Guide for Linux x86-64)
- [entry #19] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows)
- [entry #20] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #21] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #22] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (SPARC 64-Bit))
- [entry #23] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86))
- [entry #24] (Installation Guide for Solaris Operating System (x86-64))
- [entry #25] (Installation Guide for hp Tru64 UNIX)
- [entry #26] (Installation Guide for hp-ux Itanium)
- [entry #27] (Installation Guide for hp-ux PA-RISC (64-Bit))
-
- modifying a response file (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- preparing response files (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- CustomDatum (deprecated) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- CustomDatum Java storage format (SQL Reference)
- Customer Support Identifier (CSI) (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #2] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- [entry #3] (Configuration Manager Installation and Administration Guide)
- customization (Oracle Objects for OLE Developer's Guide)
-
- converting .ser profiles to .class (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- creation and registration (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining column types/sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- defining parameter sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- during translation (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- enabling/disabling (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- error and status messages (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- force customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- jar file usage (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- more about customization (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options to invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- Oracle customizer options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview/syntax of customizer-specific options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- parameter default sizes (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- related SQLJ options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- show SQL transformations (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- statement cache size (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- steps in process (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- summary of Oracle features used (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- version compatibility (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customized database configuration (Installation Guide for hp OpenVMS)
- customized obparameters (Secure Backup Installation Guide)
- customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer harness
-
- connection options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- general options (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- invoke special customizers (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- options overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizer option (customizer harness) (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizers
-
- choosing (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- option to choose customizer (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- overview (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- passing options through SQLJ (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- specifying default (SQLJ Developer's Guide and Reference)
- customizing
-
- notifications (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- policies (Enterprise Manager Concepts)
- customizing agentDownload script (Enterprise Manager Agent Download Installation Readme)
- [entry #2] (Enterprise Manager Grid Control Installation and Basic Configuration)
- customizing SQL Developer
-
- setting preferences (SQL Developer User's Guide)
- customizing time zone data (Globalization Support Guide)
- CustomModel class (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- CustomModel objects
-
- example of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- inputs of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- outputs of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- parent Model objects of (OLAP Developer's Guide to the OLAP API)
- cut operator (interMedia Reference)
- [entry #2] (interMedia Reference)
- cutoff_distance attribute
-
- of batch route request (Spatial User's Guide and Reference)
- CV function (SQL Quick Reference)
- [entry #2] (SQL Reference)
- CVU
-
- concepts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- overview and concepts (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide)
- See Cluster Verification Utility
- cvuqdisk (Oracle Clusterware and Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux)
- CyberSafe Adapter Support (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #2] (Client Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #3] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #4] (Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (x64))
- [entry #5] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows (64-Bit) on Intel Itanium)
- [entry #6] (Vault Installation Guide for Microsoft Windows x64)
- CYCLE parameter
-
- of CREATE SEQUENCE (SQL Reference)
- cyclical dependencies among XML schemas (XML DB Developer's Guide)